Om PCR Eleva v1.1 en (4512 987 12111 Rev Af)

English
PCR Eleva
4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Instructions for Use
Version 1.1
PCR Eleva Version 1.1
4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

e
n
4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

e
n
4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

e
n
4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

e
n
4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

e
n
4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

e
n
4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

e
n
PCR Eleva
l n s t r u c t i o n s f o r Us e
Version 1.1
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Pblllps Meolcal Sysrems ls parr o| Royal
Pblllps Elecrronlcs
www.nedical.philips.con
nedical@philips.con
Manufacturing address
Philips Medical 5ystens DMC GnbH
Rntgenstrae 24
22335 Hanburg
Gernany
Konlnklljke Pblllps Elecrronlcs N.v. 2007
All rlgbrs are reserveo. Reprooucrlon or rransmlsslon
ln wbole or ln parr, ln any |orm or by any means,
elecrronlc, mecbanlcal or orberwlse, ls problblreo
wlrbour rbe prlor wrlrren consenr o| rbe copyrlgbr
owner.
0123
Tbls Meolcal Devlce meers rbe provlslons o| rbe
rransposlrlon o| rbe Meolcal Devlce Dlrecrlve 93/42/
EEC wlrbln rbe counrry o| rbe EU Aurborlzeo
Represenrarlve |or rbe oevlce concerneo.
Copyrlgbrs ano all orber proprlerary rlgbrs ln any
so|rware ano relareo oocumenrarlon (So|rware)
maoe avallable ro you resr ecluslvely wlrb Pblllps or
lrs llcensors. No rlrle or ownersblp ln rbe So|rware ls
con|erreo ro you. Use o| rbe So|rware ls subjecr ro rbe
eno user llcense conolrlons as are avallable on requesr.
To rbe malmum erenr permlrreo by law, you sball
nor oecomplle ano/or reverse englneer rbe so|rware or
any parr rbereo|.
Prlnreo ln Germany.
4512 987 12111 AF/732 * 2007-12 en
Table of Contents
1 What's new! .................................................... 1-3
2 lntroduction .................................................... 2-3
2.1 The PCR Eleva ................................................................. 2-3
2.2 About these Instructions for Use ....................................... 2-3
2.3 Normal use ....................................................................... 2-4
2.4 Prohibited use ................................................................... 2-4
2.5 Conformity ....................................................................... 2-5
2.5.1 Compliance with legal requirements ................... 2-5
2.5.2 Recycling ........................................................... 2-5
2.5.3 Mercury (USA only) .......................................... 2-5
2.5.4 Perchlorate ......................................................... 2-5
2.5.5 RoHS (China only) ............................................ 2-5
2.6 Training ............................................................................ 2-6
3 5afety instructions ......................................... 3-3
3.1 Safety ................................................................................ 3-3
3.2 Electrical safety .................................................................. 3-3
3.3 Mechanical safety .............................................................. 3-4
3.4 Fire safety .......................................................................... 3-4
3.5 Laser radiation warning ..................................................... 3-4
3.6 Special safety information ................................................. 3-4
3.6.1 Loss of Data Due to Power Outage .................... 3-4
3.6.2 Inferior Quality Due to Multiple Exposure
............................................................................ 3-4
3.6.3 Damage as a result of incorrect cassette insertion
............................................................................ 3-4
3.6.4 Data inconsistency ............................................. 3-5
3.6.5 Using Lead Letters ............................................. 3-5
3.7 Electromagnetic Compatibility .......................................... 3-5
3.8 Error messages ................................................................... 3-6
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1 Table o| Conrenrs 0-5
4 5ysten description ........................................ 4-3
4.1 System components ........................................................... 4-3
4.1.1 The basic system ................................................ 4-3
4.1.2 Possible configurations ....................................... 4-3
4.2 Standard workflow ............................................................ 4-5
4.3 The operators console ....................................................... 4-8
4.4 PCR plate reader ............................................................. 4-10
4.4.1 The PCR Compano plate reader ...................... 4-10
4.4.2 The PCR Corado, CosimaX and S Hi-res plate
readers .............................................................. 4-12
4.4.3 The PCR S and S Plus plate readers ................. 4-14
4.4.4 The PCR AC500 plate reader ......................... 4-18
4.4.5 The PCR AC5000 plate reader ....................... 4-22
4.4.6 The PCR Cosima plate reader .......................... 4-26
5 5witching the systen on/off .......................... 5-3
5.1 Switching on ..................................................................... 5-3
5.2 Switching off ..................................................................... 5-3
5.2.1 One-console system ............................................ 5-3
5.2.2 Multiple-console system ..................................... 5-4
6 PCR plate reader ........................................... 6-3
6.1 The PCR Compano plate reader ....................................... 6-3
6.1.1 Reading out an image plate ................................ 6-3
6.1.2 Performing secondary erasure ............................. 6-7
6.1.3 Performing primary erasure ............................... 6-8
6.1.4 Switching on/off ................................................ 6-8
6.2 The PCR Corado, CosimaX and S Hi-res plate readers
......................................................................................... 6-11
6.2.1 Distinguishing features ..................................... 6-11
6.2.2 Switching on/off .............................................. 6-11
6.2.3 Reading out an image plate .............................. 6-13
6.2.4 Performing secondary erasure ........................... 6-17
6.2.5 Performing primary erasure ............................. 6-17
6.2.6 What to do if the cassette is not scanned .......... 6-18
6.3 The PCR S and S Plus plate readers ................................ 6-19
6.3.2 Switching on/off .............................................. 6-19
6.3.5 Performing primary erasure .............................. 6-26
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Table of Contents
0-6 Table o| Conrenrs PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1
6.4 The PCR AC500, AC5000 and Cosima plate readers
......................................................................................... 6-28
6.4.2 Switching on/off .............................................. 6-28
6.4.3 Insert the cassette ............................................. 6-31
6.4.4 Removing the cassette ...................................... 6-34
6.4.5 Screen saver ...................................................... 6-34
6.4.6 Working with information windows ................ 6-34
6.4.7 Processing a cassette with priority ..................... 6-35
6.4.10 Adjusting gray levels manually .......................... 6-40
6.4.11 Processing unregistered image plates ................. 6-41
6.4.12 Utilities ............................................................ 6-43
6.4.13 Error messages .................................................. 6-58
6.5 Making exposures ............................................................ 6-60
6.5.1 Exposure parameters ........................................ 6-60
6.5.2 Positioning the cassette ..................................... 6-60
6.6 Cassettes and image plates .............................................. 6-61
6.6.1 Handling cassettes and image plates ................. 6-61
6.7 Notes on radiography ...................................................... 6-62
6.7.1 UNIQUE, UM and DRR ................................ 6-62
6.7.2 Notes on radiography techniques with UNIQUE
.......................................................................... 6-63
6.8 The Exposure Index ........................................................ 6-63
7 The operator's console .................................. 7-3
7.1 About this Chapter ............................................................ 7-3
7.2 What the operators console can do ................................... 7-3
7.3 How to use the operators console ..................................... 7-5
7.3.1 The Touch Screen .............................................. 7-5
7.3.2 Selecting the Section .......................................... 7-5
7.3.3 Scrolling Through Lists ...................................... 7-5
7.3.4 Operating the Slide Controls .............................. 7-6
7.3.5 Operating Drop-Down Lists .............................. 7-6
7.3.6 Operating the Selection Fields ............................ 7-7
7.3.7 Operating Switches ............................................ 7-7
7.3.8 Setting the on-screen keyboard ........................... 7-8
7.4 In an emergency ................................................................ 7-9
8 Patient adninistration .................................. 8-3
8.1 The Patient list .................................................................. 8-3
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Table of Contents
8.2 Entering patient and examination data .............................. 8-5
8.2.1 Entering patient data .......................................... 8-5
8.2.2 Adding a Study .................................................. 8-7
8.2.3 Adding Examination Types ................................ 8-7
8.2.4 Deleting a study ................................................. 8-8
8.2.5 Deleting examination types ................................ 8-8
8.2.6 Customizing the Patient List .............................. 8-9
8.2.7 Finding a Patient in the Patient List ................ 8-10
8.2.8 Changing Patient and Examination Data ......... 8-10
8.2.9 Deleting a patient's data from the Patient List
.......................................................................... 8-11
8.3 Getting patient data from RIS ......................................... 8-13
8.3.1 Updating the patient list .................................. 8-13
8.3.2 Getting individual examinations from RIS (only via
DICOM RIS) .................................................. 8-13
9 Perforning the exanination ........................ 9-3
9.1 The Examination section ................................................... 9-3
9.2 Overview ........................................................................... 9-4
9.3 Examination procedure Overview .................................. 9-5
9.4 Examination steps in detail ................................................ 9-8
9.4.1 Assigning cassettes .............................................. 9-8
9.4.2 Reading out image plates on the plate reader
............................................................................ 9-9
9.4.3 Checking image quality on the operators console
............................................................................ 9-9
9.4.4 Exporting exposures, printing and completing the
examination ..................................................... 9-11
9.4.5 Making more than one exposure with the same view
.......................................................................... 9-12
9.5 Workflow control ............................................................ 9-14
10 Review inage processing ............................ 10-3
10.1 The Review section ......................................................... 10-3
10.2 Exporting Images to an External DICOM Destination
......................................................................................... 10-5
10.3 Image processing tool functions ...................................... 10-5
10.4 Individual image processing tools .................................... 10-6
10.4.1 Calling up image processing tools ..................... 10-6
10.4.2 Setting Contrast and Brightness ....................... 10-7
10.4.3 Setting image processing protocols ................... 10-8
10.4.4 Setting image processing parameters ................. 10-9
10.4.5 Rotating and Flipping an Image ..................... 10-11
10.4.6 Annotating an image ...................................... 10-11
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Table of Contents
10.4.7 Shutter Function ............................................ 10-12
10.4.8 Scaling ........................................................... 10-15
10.4.9 Moving images between examinations ............ 10-16
10.4.10 Stitching ........................................................ 10-17
10.4.11 Measurements ................................................ 10-23
10.4.12 Resetting image .............................................. 10-24
10.4.13 Customizing image processing tools ............... 10-24
11 Print ............................................................... 11-3
11.1 Overview ......................................................................... 11-3
11.1.1 The Print Section ............................................. 11-3
11.1.2 The Patient Information Window .................... 11-5
11.1.3 The Image Memory ......................................... 11-5
11.1.4 The Preview Window ....................................... 11-5
11.1.5 The template editor .......................................... 11-8
11.1.6 The Text Box Editor ...................................... 11-11
11.1.7 Activating Print Section ................................. 11-13
11.1.8 Editing Images and Viewports ........................ 11-14
11.1.9 The Tools for Free Composing ...................... 11-15
11.1.10 Extras ............................................................. 11-16
11.1.11 Using the template editor ............................... 11-17
12 i5ite ................................................................ 12-3
12.1 What is iSite? .................................................................. 12-3
12.2 Log in ............................................................................. 12-4
13 5ysten adninistration and custonization
......................................................................... 13-3
13.1 The System section ......................................................... 13-3
13.2 Adjusting the touch screen .............................................. 13-8
13.2.1 Opening the setting screen ............................... 13-8
13.2.2 Brightness ........................................................ 13-8
13.2.3 Calibration ....................................................... 13-8
14 5ervice, cleaning, disposal ........................... 14-3
14.1 Service ............................................................................. 14-3
14.1.1 Safety Checks ................................................... 14-3
14.1.2 Repairs ............................................................. 14-4
14.1.3 Recording Results ............................................. 14-4
14.1.4 Obligations of the user ..................................... 14-4
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Table of Contents
14.2 Tests by the user .............................................................. 14-4
14.3 Cleaning .......................................................................... 14-5
14.3.1 Cleaning the System ......................................... 14-5
14.3.2 Cleaning the PCR plate reader ......................... 14-5
14.3.3 Cleaning the image plates ................................. 14-8
14.4 Disposal ........................................................................ 14-10
14.4.1 Recycling ....................................................... 14-10
14.4.2 RoHS requirements (China) .......................... 14-10
15 Technical data .............................................. 15-3
15.1 General data .................................................................... 15-3
15.1.1 Ambient conditions and power supply ............. 15-3
15.1.2 Operators console ............................................ 15-3
15.1.3 Computer ........................................................ 15-4
readers .............................................................. 15-4
15.1.6 The PCR AC500 plate reader .......................... 15-7
15.1.7 The PCR AC5000 plate reader ........................ 15-8
15.1.9 PCR Compano plate reader ........................... 15-10
15.2 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) data ................... 15-11
15.2.1 Electromagnetic emission ............................... 15-11
15.2.2 Electromagnetic interference immunity
recommended safety distances ........................ 15-12
15.3 Labels ............................................................................ 15-13
15.3.1 Operators console .......................................... 15-13
readers ............................................................ 15-15
15.3.4 The PCR S and S Plus plate readers ............... 15-15
15.3.6 The PCR AC5000 plate reader ...................... 15-17
15.3.7 The PCR Cosima plate reader ........................ 15-18
16 Appendix ....................................................... 16-3
16.1 Notes on Radiography Techniques with UM and DRR
......................................................................................... 16-3
16.2 If the barcode reader is not working .............................. 16-11
16.3 Error messages ............................................................... 16-12
16.3.1 What you should know .................................. 16-12
16.3.2 Type 1 messages ............................................. 16-13
16.3.3 Type 2 messages ............................................. 16-20
16.3.4 Type 3 messages ............................................. 16-23
16.3.5 Type 4 messages ............................................. 16-25
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Table of Contents
17 Glossary ......................................................... 17-3
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Table of Contents
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
1 What's new! .................................................... 1-3
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Table of Contents
1 What's new!
Software Rel. 1.1 offers a number of new functions over earlier versions.
As a quick guide, the most important ones are explained in brief below;
for further information please go the chapter you are referred to.
Contrast and brightness
The buttons for contrast and brightness are now on the monitor itself
(chapter 10.4.2).
Turning a function on/off.
You can change contrast and brightness
using the buttons or
on the monitor itself, using your finger.

Moving images between examinations
You can move images
between two examinations on the same patient
between examinations on different patients.

Exposure Index EI_s
Using the Exposure Index, you can compare similar exposures of the
same organ with the same radiation quality in terms of their dose, and
analyze deviations from the optimum dose (chapter 6.8).
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1 Wbar's new? 1-3
The EI_s value appears beneath the image along with the exposure and
examination data in the Examination and Review sections.
In an emergency
The system has an operating mode for emergencies (chapter 7.4), if you
neither have a valid user account nor know the password.
Length and angle measurement
You can measure lengths and angles including Cobbs angle (option)
(chapter 10.4.11).
Magnifying an image and moving a section
The buttons for scaling and moving are now on the monitor itself
(chapter 10.4.8).
Switching a function on/off.
You can move the image
using the mouse or
on the monitor itself, using your finger.

Stitching
You can stitch several images together automatically or manually to form
one large image (chapter 10.4.10.1).
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
1
1-4 Wbar's new? PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1
Table of Contents
2 lntroduction .................................................... 2-3
2.1 The PCR Eleva ................................................................. 2-3
2.2 About these Instructions for Use ....................................... 2-3
2.3 Normal use ....................................................................... 2-4
2.4 Prohibited use ................................................................... 2-4
2.5 Conformity ....................................................................... 2-5
2.5.1 Compliance with legal requirements ................... 2-5
2.5.2 Recycling ........................................................... 2-5
2.5.3 Mercury (USA only) .......................................... 2-5
2.5.4 Perchlorate ......................................................... 2-5
2.5.5 RoHS (China only) ............................................ 2-5
2.6 Training ............................................................................ 2-6
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Table of Contents
2 lntroduction
2.1 The PCR Eleva
This system is designed for digitizing cassette exposures on conventional
examination workstations in diagnostic radiology. The PCR system uses
so-called image plates instead of screen-film systems.
With PCR systems you can make, digitize, process and transfer filmless
cassette exposures. They are fully automatic from the entering of the
patient data and processing parameters through to film composition.
You can print any required films of these exposures.
The PCR system automatically communicates with other DICOM
partners and archives via the hospital network. Two-way data transfer
with an existing RIS (Radiology Information System) guarantees effi-
cient data communication within the radiology department.
2.2 About these lnstructions for Use
This manual is intended to make it possible for you to work with the
device described safely.
You may only use this device in compliance with the safety instructions
in this manual and not for purposes other than those for which it was
intended.
Please pay particular attention to all the information given in the chapter
Safety instructions.
Conventions

Ths symbol dent(es nstructons whch must be observed n ony cose to ovod
the donger o( njury to the potent ondlor to the sto((.
DANGER

Ths dent(es nstructons whch must be observed n ony cose to ovod domogng
the devce descrbed n ths operotor's monuol.
WARNlNG

NOTE
Ths s used to dent(y specol odvce, e.g. to ossst the operotor or to mprove on
operotng sequence.
Conditions for operation are preceded by this icon.
Single steps in an action are preceded by this icon.

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1 |nrrooucrlon 2-3
The result produced by a step is preceded by this icon.

System configurations
This manual describes the system with its broadest range of features,
including all possible functions, options and all accessories. Your system
will not necessarily have every function described.
You can only use some of the functions if you have received training in
them by an application specialist, and have specially logged on to get
these privileges. Such functions are marked For the system manager
only.
Depending on the features you have, other manuals may be delivered
with your system; these contain instructions on safety, calibration, sys-
tem tests and service and maintenance.
These Instructions for Use are written in English and were created, au-
thorized and marketed by Philips Medical Systems DMC GmbH under
the number given on the front cover.
2.3 Nornal use
PCR Eleva S, S Plus, S Hi-res, Corado and CosimaX readers may be
installed in the patient environment of a medically used room, but only
with an additional permanently connected protective grounding wire.
All other equipment of PCR Eleva shall be installed either outside the
patient environment of a medically used room or in a non-medically
used room.
Readers AC500, AC5000, Cosima and Compano may only be installed
in a non-medically used room.
The PCR Eleva system is designed to process, display and output radio-
logical images produced by means of cassette exposures and processed
within the PCR system.
The PCR Eleva system is not suitable for processing and displaying
digital images produced on other manufacturers systems or compressed
using non-system software.
Diagnosis is only possible on suitable PACS monitors or on printed
films.
This device may only be operated by suitably qualified persons who have
been instructed on how to operate the device.
2.4 Prohibited use
The system-own monitor is not approved for diagnosis.
PCR Eleva is not an archive and can save exposures only for a limited
period. You always should save exposures either to PACS or print them
on films.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
2.3 Nornal use
2-4 |nrrooucrlon PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1
2.5 Confornity
2.5.1 Conpliance with legal requirenents
This Medical Device meets the provisions of the Medical Device Di-
rective MDD 93/42 EEC (93).
If you have further questions regarding the applicable national or in-
ternational standards, please address them to:
Philips Medical Systems DMC GmbH
Quality Assurance Department
Roentgenstrasse 24
22335 Hamburg
Germany
E-Mail: helpdesk.xray.gxr@philips.com
2.5.2 Recycling
The return, proper disposal and recovery of the medical device take place
in accordance with the European WEEE Directive (Waste Electrical
and Electronic Equipment) and/or respective requirements of national
legislation.
For further information see chapter Disposal.
For Product Recycling Passport see:
www.medical.philips.com/main/company/sustainability/recycling
2.5.3 Mercury {U5A only}
Lamps in display
and reader contain mercury -
dispose properly
This product consists of devices that may contain mercury, which must
be recycled or disposed of in accordance with local, state or federal laws.
(Within this system, the backlight lamps in the monitor display and the
fluorescent lamps in the reader contain mercury.)
2.5.4 Perchlorate
This product complies with the requirements of California. It contains
Perchlorate Material.
Special handling may apply.
For further information see:
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate
2.5.5 RoH5 {China only}
50
This product complies with the Chinese requirements.
If necessary you can find further information in chapter Disposal.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Confornity 2.5
PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1 |nrrooucrlon 2-5
2.6 Training
Operators of this system must have received adequate training on its
safe and effective use before attempting to operate the equipment de-
scribed in these Instructions for use.

Do not use ths system ( you hove not receved proper ond odequote tronng on
ts so(e ond e((ectve use. Operotng the equpment wthout such tronng could
leod to (otol or other serous personol njury. lt could olso leod to clncol ms-
dognoss.
DANGER
If you require further information about training in the use of the
equipment, please contact your local Philips Medical Systems represen-
tative.
Alternatively, contact:
Philips Medical Systems DMC GmbH
Roentgenstrasse 24
22335 Hamburg, Germany
E-Mail: helpdesk.xray.gxr@philips.com
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
2.6 Training
2-6 |nrrooucrlon PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1
Table of Contents
3 5afety instructions ......................................... 3-3
3.1 Safety ................................................................................ 3-3
3.2 Electrical safety .................................................................. 3-3
3.3 Mechanical safety .............................................................. 3-4
3.4 Fire safety .......................................................................... 3-4
3.5 Laser radiation warning ..................................................... 3-4
3.6 Special safety information ................................................. 3-4
3.6.1 Loss of Data Due to Power Outage .................... 3-4
3.6.2 Inferior Quality Due to Multiple Exposure
............................................................................ 3-4
3.6.3 Damage as a result of incorrect cassette insertion
............................................................................ 3-4
3.6.4 Data inconsistency ............................................. 3-5
3.6.5 Using Lead Letters ............................................. 3-5
3.7 Electromagnetic Compatibility .......................................... 3-5
3.8 Error messages ................................................................... 3-6
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Table of Contents
3 5afety instructions
3.1 5afety
You may only use this device in compliance with the safety instructions
in this manual and not for purposes other than those for which it was
intended.
It is always the user who is responsible for conforming to the regulations
which apply to the setting up and operation of medical equipment.

You must not use the equpment ( t hos ony electrcol or mechoncol de(ects.
Ths portculorly opples to (oults n ndcotors, dsploys, wornngs ond olorms.
DANGER
If the user wishes to connect the equipment to other equipment,

components or assemblies and if it is not apparent from the technical
data whether it can be safely combined with such equipment, com-
ponents or assemblies, the user must consult the manufacturers
concerned or an expert to ensure that the safety of the patient, op-
erating staff and the environment is not affected by the intended
combination.
Philips only accepts responsibility for the safety features of its prod-
ucts if maintenance, repairs and modifications are performed by
Philips or persons explicitly authorized to do so by Philips.
As with any technical appliance this equipment also calls for proper
operation and regular competent maintenance and care, which are
described in the section Service and cleaning.
If you operate the equipment incorrectly or if the user fails to main-

tain it properly, Philips cannot be held liable for any resulting faults,
damage or injuries.
Safety circuits may be neither removed nor modified.
You may only remove or open parts of the housing if you have
been instructed to do so by this manual.
3.2 Electrical safety
This device conforms to class I according to IEC 60601-1/IEC 60950-1.
This equipment may only be operated in medical rooms which meet
IEC requirements.
To guarantee the reliable operation of the workstation and to prevent
the device from overheating, the device openings must not be blocked
off or covered. The workstation must never be positioned near radiators.
Some of the workstation components are high-voltage. Only electricians
may remove the devices covers.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1 Sa|ery lnsrrucrlons 3-3
3.3 Mechanical safety

Pleose note.
You moy not tronsport ths equpment whle t s n operoton. Shut down the
equpment be(ore tronsportoton ond ensure thot oll perpherol ports o( the
system (montor, mouse, keyboord, cobles etc.) ore dsconnected ond so(ely
tronsported.
Be(ore usng long ortho-cossettes, the PCR levo S l S Plus plote reoder must
be secured to the (loor usng the suppled brocket, so the plote reoder does
not topple over.
WARNlNG
3.4 Fire safety

On electrcol or chemcol (res only use extngushers whch ore spec(colly

lobeled (or those purposes. Any ottempt to extngush electrcol (res wth
woter or other lquds con result n serous personol njury.
The or vents moy not be covered when the devce s swtched on.
DANGER
3.5 Laser radiation warning
All plate readers use laser radiation (class IIIb, 50 mW).

Under no crcumstonces should you open the housng o( the plote reoder.
Contoct, especolly eye contoct, wth loser rodoton con couse domoge to
heolth.
ln the event o( o mol(uncton, pleose not(y sutobly quol(ed sto(( only.

DANGER
3.6 5pecial safety infornation
3.6.1 Loss of Data Due to Power Outage
This device should be connected to an uninterruptible power system to
prevent database damage and image loss in the event of a power outage.
3.6.2 lnferior Quality Due to Multiple Exposure
When using UNIQUE image processing there must be only one image
on a cassette. Otherwise, the image processing may fail to correctly find
the region of interest.
3.6.3 Danage as a result of incorrect cassette insertion
Always slide the cassettes into the cassette compartment of the plate
reader with care. Incorrect insertion of a cassette, for instance if it is at
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
3.3 Mechanical safety
3-4 Sa|ery lnsrrucrlons PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1
an angle, can damage the plate reader. Please observe the instructions
in chapter 6.1.1.
3.6.4 Data inconsistency
Do not switch off the operators console at the power switch if the PCR
application program is displayed. This can lead to database errors or
data inconsistencies. Always follow the sequence for switching off as
described in chapter 5.
3.6.5 Using Lead Letters
To avoid false interpretation regarding body direction (right, left) and
patient orientation, Philips recommends the use of lead markers (let-
ters), as traditionally used in conventional radiography.
3.7 Electronagnetic Conpatibility
The system conforms to the classification Group 1, Class A under
CISPR 11. It contains Class A IT components according to CISPR 22.
Although it has been shown that this does not have a detrimental effect
on the performance and safety of the system, electromagnetic incom-
patibilities may arise when operated in residential areas. In such an
event, it may be necessary for the user to take appropriate measures.
For the intended use, this X-ray system complies with the European
Council Directive concerning Medical Devices, as signified by the CE
mark. This includes definitions on permitted levels on electromagnetic
emission and requirements on immunity against electromagnetic emis-
sions from other equipment.
It is not possible, however, to exclude with absolute certainty the pos-
sibility that other high frequency electronic equipment, which is fully
compliant to the EMC regulations, will not adversely affect the opera-
tion of this system. If the other equipment has a comparatively high
level of transmission power and is in close proximity, these EMC con-
cerns (the risk of interference) may be more pronounced. It is therefore
recommended that the operation of equipment of this type such as mo-
bile telephones, cordless microphones and other similar mobile radio
equipment be restricted from the vicinity of this X-ray system.
Explanation:
Electronic apparatus that satisfies the EMC requirements is designed so
that under normal conditions there is no risk of malfunction caused by
electromagnetic interference. However, in the case of radio signals from
high-frequency transmitters with a relatively high transmission power,
the risk of electromagnetic incompatibility when operated in close prox-
imity to electronic apparatus cannot be totally ruled out.
In unusual circumstances unintended functions of the apparatus could
be initiated, possibly giving rise to undesirable risks for the patient or
user.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Electronagnetic Conpatibility 3.7
For this reason, all kinds of transmission with mobile radio equipment
should be avoided. This also applies when the equipment is in standby
mode.
Mobile telephones must be switched off in designated problem zones.
3.8 Error nessages
When an error has occurred in the system or a part thereof, an error
message appears on the operators console monitor with instructions on
how to rectify it (example).
1
2
Plate-ID Irom reader is not registred.
Press the 'ConIirm button to remove the cassette.
OK
Legend Function Meaning What you nust do
1 Error message (eam-
ple)
2 Sysrem srarus olsplay
8lue: Everyrblng OK
Yellow: Error
Reo: Unrecoverable
error
Green clrcle:
Everyrblng OK
Yellow rrlangle:
Error
e.g. reaoer nor reaoy
|or use.
Cllck on symbol: more ln-
|ormarlon appears.
Reo cross:
Unrecoverable error
Cllck on symbol: more ln-
|ormarlon appears.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
3.8 Error nessages

ven ( no error messoge oppeors, but the equpment does not (uncton os usuol
((rst sgns o( o de(ect) Phlps Customer Servce must be n(ormed.
DANGER
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Error nessages 3.8
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
3.8 Error nessages
Table of Contents
4 5ysten description ........................................ 4-3
4.1 System components ........................................................... 4-3
4.1.1 The basic system ................................................ 4-3
4.1.2 Possible configurations ....................................... 4-3
4.2 Standard workflow ............................................................ 4-5
4.3 The operators console ....................................................... 4-8
4.4 PCR plate reader ............................................................. 4-10
4.4.1 The PCR Compano plate reader ...................... 4-10
readers .............................................................. 4-12
4.4.4 The PCR AC500 plate reader ......................... 4-18
4.4.5 The PCR AC5000 plate reader ....................... 4-22
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Table of Contents
4 5ysten description
4.1 5ysten conponents
4.1.1 The basic systen
It consists of
an operators console with monitor or touch screen, barcode reader,

keyboard and mouse
a plate reader.
When you work with a touch screen you require neither a mouse nor
keyboard for operation.
You can combine more than one plate reader and operators console to
form a system.
During exposure there is no mechanical connection between plates and
system, so that in the event of incorrect configuration or cassette use,
the system cannot, for instance, accurately show the status of a flipped
image or the assignment to a patient.
4.1.2 Possible configurations
One-console system with one plate reader
This configuration is the basic configuration for a PCR system. You can
work with or without being connected up to the hospital network.
Plate reader
Printer
PCR operator`s console
Hospital network
Multiple-console system with one plate reader
This configuration is the extended basic configuration. To achieve a
more efficient workflow, you can set up more than one operators con-
sole, e.g. in the various examination rooms and in patient admissions.
At the same time, the entire system is connected up to the hospital
network. The assignment of image plate to patient and vice versa is
always unique.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1 Sysrem oescrlprlon 4-3
Plate reader
Printer
PCR operators console
in examination room
PCR operators console
at plate reader
Hospital network
Multiple-console system with more than one plate reader (option)
With configurations of this type you can read out any plate cassette on
any plate reader, regardless of the operators console on which you as-
signed the image plate, or with which console the patient data is
managed. After readout the image always comes to the operators con-
sole to which the image plate is assigned.
Plate reader
Printer
PCR operator`s consoles
Hospital network
Plate reader
PCR operator`s consoles
The following applies to all configurations
All operators consoles have independent worklists and are

synchronized with the RIS separately.
On any one operators console you can view, process, print and ex-
port only the images assigned to it. You should therefore perform
an examination to the fullest possible extent on one operators con-
sole only.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
4.1 5ysten conponents
4-4 Sysrem oescrlprlon PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1
Server and client
In a multiple-console system, one console is always the server, which

assigns the image plates and distributes the images. If this breaks
down or is not switched on, no image plates can be assigned or im-
ages read out in the entire system. Always switch the server on first
and off last.
If, in a multiple-console system with more than one plate reader, the
server is down, the system manager can convert the operators con-
soles which operate another plate reader into servers so that it is
possible to continue working with part of the system.
4.2 5tandard workflow
The following diagram shows the standard workflow with the PCR sys-
tem, by way of example. You will find alternatives to the described
assignment with the barcode reader in the rest of the manual.
The differences to conventional radiography are as follows:
You work with plate cassettes instead of film cassettes.
Before radiography, you must assign the plate cassette to a view using
the barcode reader.
After radiography, you must read out the plate cassette in the plate
reader.
The X-ray exposure is automatically transferred from the plate reader

to the operators console.
For filing purposes, you can print out the X-ray exposure or save it
on computer.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
5tandard workflow 4.2
On the diagnostic unit
On the operator`s console
Standard workIlow on the PCR system (example)
Make exposure(s)
Select patient
Assign image plates with
barcode reader
Insert cassette(s)
On the operator`s console
Take out cassette(s)
Image plate is read out
and erased
Print Iilm
On the plate reader
Select view(s)
Select examination section
Check image quality
Complete examination
Examination section opens
Image plate is assigned to
the selected view
Edit exposure iI necessary
RIS query or patient entry
Archive exposures
save to image archive on computer
and/or
Exposures appear on the
operator`s console
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
4.2 5tandard workflow
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
5tandard workflow 4.2
4.3 The operator's console
1 2 3 4 5 6
You can select the sections using the main selector buttons (1-6). When
a section is selected the button for it turns yellow.
You can do the following in the sections:
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
4.3 The operator's console
No. Function Meaning
1 Patient list Enrer parlenr ano eamlnarlon oara ano selecr
parlenrs.
2 Exanination Conrrol rbe eamlnarlon, asslgn ano lnserr lm-
age plare.
3 Review Cbeck ano, l| necessary, lmprove rbe lmage
quallry.
4 Print You wlll |lno rbe prlnrlng rools bere.
5 i5ite Esrabllsb connecrlon ro rbe Pblllps lSlre Web
Server (oprlon).
6 5ysten. Elr rbe appllcarlon program, |uncrlons |or rbe
sysrem manager.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
The operator's console 4.3
4.4 PCR plate reader
4.4.1 The PCR Conpano plate reader
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
10 11
9
The plate reader reads out the exposed image plates. The image plates
are contained in the plate cassettes.
No. Meaning
1 Conrrol panel wlrb operarlng lnolcarors
2 Loao lamp
Llgbrs up green once rbe srarr-up proceoure a|rer swlrcblng on bas been
success|ully complereo ano rbe plare reaoer ls reaoy ro process cas-
serres.
3 Srarus olsplays |or casserre processlng
Tbey |lasb ourlng casserre processlng.
4 Unloao lamp
Llgbrs up green once casserre processlng ls |lnlsbeo. Tbe casserre can be
raken our.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
No. Meaning
5 Message lnolcaror
Wben lr llgbrs up (yellow), a wlnoow wlrb speclal lnsrrucrlons appears
on rbe monlror o| rbe operaror's console. Follow rbese lnsrrucrlons. ||
an error message appears, an auolble warnlng slgnal ls glven.
6 Erase burron |or prlmary ano seconoary erasure
Presslng rbe burron once acrlvares rbe seconoary erasure mooe, ano
appears ner ro rbe burron. Press lr agaln ro acrlvare rbe prlmary
erasure mooe, ano appears. To rerurn ro rbe rourlne mooe, press
rbe burron agaln.
7 Pllor lamp
Llgbrs up green wben rbe maln swlrcb ls ln poslrlon | (On).
8 Casserre slor
A casserre wlrb rbe lmage plare ls lnserreo bere.
9 Reser swlrcb
Only |or resrarrlng ln rbe evenr o| olsruprlons, oo nor press lr unoer
normal operarlng conolrlons.
10 Maln swlrcb
|s always le|r ln poslrlon | (On). Swlrcblng lr o|| ls only aovlsable ln rbe
evenr o| prolongeo sroppages.
11 Dusr |llrer/venrllaror
A ousr |llrer ls |lrreo over rbe venrllaror.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
PCR plate reader 4.4
4.4.2 The PCR Corado, CosinaX and 5 Hi-res plate readers
9
10
1
8
2
3
7
4
5
6
Distinguishing features
All three plate readers perform the same functions.
The Corado and CosimaX plate readers are identical externally and are
shown in the following picture.
The S Hi-res has only one cassette compartment.
No. Meaning
1 Conrrol panel
Tbe plare reaoer's roucb-senslrlve conrrol panel (roucb screen).
2 Pllor lamp
3 Power swlrcb
Swlrcbes on rbe plare reaoer l| rbe maln swlrcb ls ln poslrlon | (On).
4 Casserre comparrmenr number
5 Unloao lamp
Llgbrs up green once casserre processlng ls |lnlsbeo. Tbe casserre can be
raken our.
6 Processlng lamp
Flasbes wblle rbe casserre ls belng processeo by rbe plare reaoer. Durlng
rbls rlme rbe casserre ls lockeo ln rbe casserre comparrmenr.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
No. Meaning
7 Loao lamp
serres.
8 Four casserre slors (S Hl-res: one casserre slor)
For rbe slmulraneous processlng o| up ro |our casserres.
9 Dusr |llrer/venrllaror
10 Maln swlrcb
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
4.4.3 The PCR 5 and 5 Plus plate readers
1
2
3
4 5 7
10
11
9
8
6
12
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
No. Meaning
1 Monlror (see below)
2 8urrons |or selecrlng mooe
Wlrb rbese burrons, you can selecr rbe mooe asslgneo on screen.
3 Pllor lamp
4 Energy-savlng lnolcaror
|| rbe llgbr ls |lasblng, rbe monlror ls ln energy-savlng mooe.
5 Reaoy lnolcaror
|| lr ls llr (green), rbe plare reaoer ls reaoy |or operarlon.
6 Srarus olsplay |or casserre processlng
Llgbrs up (green): rbe casserre was lnserreo correcrly.
Flasbes (green): processlng complere.
O||: rbe lmage plare ls ln rbe casserre agaln.
7 Unloao lamp
Flasbes blue wben rbe casserre can be removeo. A|rer rbe casserre bas
been removeo, rbe lamp goes our.
8 Message lnolcaror
Wben lr |lasbes (yellow), a wlnoow wlrb speclal lnsrrucrlons appears on
rbe monlror o| rbe operaror's console. Follow rbese lnsrrucrlons. || an
error message appears, an auolble warnlng slgnal ls glven.
9 Power swlrcb
10 Casserre slor wlrb ousr |llrer
A casserre wlrb lmage plare ls lnserreo bere.
11 Maln swlrcb
12 Malns connecrlon
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Start screen
No. Meaning
1 Ter bo
Tbe name o| rbe selecreo menu appears bere.
2 Flelo |or sysrem messages
3 - User lnsrrucrlons
- Srarus olsplay
4 Progress lnolcaror
|r olsplays rbe srarus o| casserre processlng (see below).
5 Funcrlon oara annorarlon
6 Nerwork connecrlon srarus
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
The progress indicator
lit up
No cassette inserted
Cassette inserted, start oI read out
Read out in progress
Erasure
Erasure and read out Iinished
Read out Iinished, removing cassette
lit up
lit up
lit up
Ilashes
Ilashes
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
4.4.4 The PCR AC500 plate reader
Fig. 4.1 Hardware, front view
No. Meaning
1 Screen/conrrol panel
Reao-our eposures are olsplayeo ln rbe le|r sloe o| rbe screen (|or
cbecklng), rbe rlgbr sloe o| rbe screen ls a roucb screen |or selecrlng
|uncrlons.
2 Floppy olsk orlve
For Pblllps Cusromer Servlce only
3 Conrrasr conrrol
For serrlng rbe screen olsplay conrrasr. Turn upwaro: reouces conrrasr,
rurn oownwaro: lncreases conrrasr. (open rbe cover panel by presslng lr
ln.)
4 Loao lamp
Llgbrs up green once rbe srarr-up proceoure bas been success|ully com-
plereo ano rbe casserre slor ls reaoy |or lnserrlon o| a casserre. || lr ooes
nor llgbr up, a casserre musr nor be lnserreo.
5 Unloao lamp
Llgbrs up green once casserre processlng ls |lnlsbeo. Tbe casserre wlrb
rbe eraseo lmage plare can be raken our.
6 Srorage comparrmenr
Temporary srorage |or up ro |our casserres (be|ore or a|rer processlng).
7 Casserre slor
Takes a casserre wlrb eposeo lmage plare.
8 Power swlrcb
9 Power lnolcaror
Llgbrs up green wben rbe maln swlrcb ls ln poslrlon | (On) ano power
ls supplleo. Slnce rbe maln swlrcb ls normally le|r ln rbe ON poslrlon, rbe
power lnolcaror ls also consranrly llr.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
No. Meaning
10 Error lnolcaror
Llgbrs up orange wben a crlrlcal error bas occurreo ourlng operarlon.
An alarm slgnal ls bearo ano a wlnoow appears on rbe screen. Follow rbe
lnsrrucrlons glven ln rbls wlnoow.
11 Message lnolcaror
Wben rbls lnolcaror llgbrs up (yellow), an alarm slgnal ls bearo. A wlnoow
wlrb speclal ln|ormarlon appears on rbe screen. Follow rbe lnsrrucrlons
glven bere. Wben rbe wlnoow olsappears, rbe message lnolcaror also
goes our.
12 Reaoy lnolcaror
serres.
RESET
1
3
2
Fig. 4.2 Hardware, side view
No. Meaning
1 Maln swlrcb
|s always le|r ln rbe ON poslrlon |.
2 Dusr |llrer
3 Reser swlrcb
Only |or resrarrlng ln rbe evenr o| operarlng errors, oo nor press lr our-
lng normal operarlon.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
READING
1
1 2 3 4 6 5
7
8
10
9
S
A001 ID# 567890 Smith, Bob
CHEST, PotabIe Chest
11
12
13
Fig. 4.3 User interface
The diagram shows the main window on the AC500 which appears after
switching on. It is the central window for all displays and the starting
point for the selection of other functions.
No. Meaning
1 Eposure number
|nrernal aomlnlsrrarlon number on rbe plare reaoer. |r ls counreo con-
securlvely.
2 Parlenr number (|D)
3 Eamlnarlon/vlew
4 Parlenr name
For rbe eposure currenrly belng processeo
5 Operarlng mooes ln rbe casserre slor
P
Prlmary erasure
S
Seconoary erasure
Prlorlry casserre processlng
6 Warnlng lnolcaror
Flasbes wben a warnlng occurs, norl|y Cusromer Servlce l| necessary.
7 Operarlng mooe swlrcb
For selecrlng mooes llke prlmary/seconoary erasure ano prlorlry casserre
processlng.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
No. Meaning
No casserre yer lnserreo a|rer removal.
Casserre accepreo, preparlng ro reao
Reaolng begun Erasure begun
Erasure ln progress Erasure concluoeo
Processlng complereo, awalrlng casserre removal.
9 Prorecreo/unprocesseo eposures
Number o| eposures rbar were prorecreo |rom auromarlc erasure or
number o| eposures nor yer processeo.
10 Aomlnlsrrarlon
Calls up rbe llsr o| lmages yer ro be processeo.
11 Urlllrles
Calls up urlllrles.
12 Dlsplay area
Dlsplays rbe eposure currenrly belng reao our.
13 Operarlng mooe
Dlsplays rbe currenr plare reaoer mooe.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
4
1 2 3
4
5 6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
No. Meaning
|uncrlons.
2 Floppy olsk orlve
3 Conrrasr conrrol
ln.)
4 Casserre slor number
Casserre slor number 4
5 Loao lamp
6 Unloao lamp
8 Casserre slor
9 Power swlrcb
10 Power lnolcaror
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
No. Meaning
11 Error lnolcaror
goes our.
13 Reaoy lnolcaror
serres.
RESET
1
3
2
Fig. 4.5 Side view
No. Meaning
1 Maln swlrcb
2 Dusr |llrer
3 Reser swlrcb
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
P
1
S
2
3
4
READING
1
A001 ID# 567890 Smi t h, Bob
1
1 2 3 4 6 5
7
8
10
9
11
12
15
14
13
The diagram shows the main window on the AC5000 which appears
after switching on. It is the central window for all displays and the start-
ing point for the selection of other functions.
No. Meaning
1 Eposure number
securlvely.
3 Eamlnarlon/vlew
4 Parlenr name
P
Prlmary erasure
S
Seconoary erasure
6 Warnlng lnolcaror
processlng.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
No. Meaning
10 Aomlnlsrrarlon
11 Urlllrles
Calls up urlllrles.
12 Dlsplay area
1
Funcrlonlng properly
Casserre slor oe|ecrlve, lmposslble ro lnserr or remove rbe cas-
serre. Please norl|y Pblllps Cusromer Servlce.
14 Operarlng mooe
Casserre slor number o| rbe eposure currenrly belng processeo
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
4.4.6 The PCR Cosina plate reader
1
7
6
13
14
15
8
9
10
11
12
2 3
4 5
No. Meaning
|uncrlons.
2 Floppy olsk orlve
3 Conrrasr conrrol
ln.)
4 Loao lamp
5 Unloao lamp
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
No. Meaning
7 Casserre slor
8 Power swlrcb
9 Power lnolcaror
10 Error lnolcaror
goes our.
12 Reaoy lnolcaror
serres.
13 Dusr |llrer
14 Maln swlrcb
15 Reser swlrcb
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
READING
1
1 2 3 4 6 5
7
8
10
9
S
A001 ID# 567890 Smith, Bob
11
12
13
The diagram shows the main window on the Cosima which appears
after switching on. It is the central window for all displays and the start-
ing point for the selection of other functions.
No. Meaning
1 Eposure number
securlvely.
3 Eamlnarlon/vlew
4 Parlenr name
P
Prlmary erasure
S
Seconoary erasure
6 Warnlng lnolcaror
processlng.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
No. Meaning
10 Aomlnlsrrarlon
11 Urlllrles
Calls up urlllrles.
12 Dlsplay area
13 Operarlng mooe
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Table of Contents
5 5witching the systen on/off .......................... 5-3
5.1 Switching on ..................................................................... 5-3
5.2 Switching off ..................................................................... 5-3
5.2.1 One-console system ............................................ 5-3
5.2.2 Multiple-console system ..................................... 5-4
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Table of Contents
5 5witching the systen on/off
5.1 5witching on
Philips recommends the following sequence:
Switch on PC.
Log on to program.
Enter user name
Enter password
Switch on the plate reader.

You will find information about the emergency mode in chapter 7.4.
5.2 5witching off
5.2.1 One-console systen

NOTE
The system s desgned (or contnuous operoton. lt s there(ore only necessory to
swtch o(( oll components n the event o( prolonged stoppoges.
Switch off plate reader.

System
Press System
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1 Swlrcblng rbe sysrem on/o|| 5-3
The System section appears

Exit
Press Exit
Switch off PC
5.2.2 Multiple-console systen

NOTE
The system s desgned (or contnuous operoton. lt s there(ore only necessory to
swtch o(( oll components n the event o( prolonged stoppoges.
Proceed as under chapter 5.2.1, but switch the server on first and off
last.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
5.2 5witching off
5-4 Swlrcblng rbe sysrem on/o|| PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1
Table of Contents
6 PCR plate reader ........................................... 6-3
6.1 The PCR Compano plate reader ....................................... 6-3
6.1.1 Reading out an image plate ................................ 6-3
6.1.2 Performing secondary erasure ............................. 6-7
6.1.3 Performing primary erasure ............................... 6-8
6.1.4 Switching on/off ................................................ 6-8
6.2 The PCR Corado, CosimaX and S Hi-res plate readers
......................................................................................... 6-11
6.2.2 Switching on/off .............................................. 6-11
6.2.5 Performing primary erasure ............................. 6-17
6.2.6 What to do if the cassette is not scanned .......... 6-18
6.3 The PCR S and S Plus plate readers ................................ 6-19
6.3.2 Switching on/off .............................................. 6-19
6.4 The PCR AC500, AC5000 and Cosima plate readers
......................................................................................... 6-28
6.4.2 Switching on/off .............................................. 6-28
6.4.3 Insert the cassette ............................................. 6-31
6.4.4 Removing the cassette ...................................... 6-34
6.4.5 Screen saver ...................................................... 6-34
6.4.6 Working with information windows ................ 6-34
6.4.7 Processing a cassette with priority ..................... 6-35
6.4.10 Adjusting gray levels manually .......................... 6-40
6.4.11 Processing unregistered image plates ................. 6-41
6.4.12 Utilities ............................................................ 6-43
6.4.13 Error messages .................................................. 6-58
6.5 Making exposures ............................................................ 6-60
6.5.1 Exposure parameters ........................................ 6-60
6.5.2 Positioning the cassette ..................................... 6-60
6.6 Cassettes and image plates .............................................. 6-61
6.6.1 Handling cassettes and image plates ................. 6-61
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

6.7 Notes on radiography ...................................................... 6-62
6.7.1 UNIQUE, UM and DRR ................................ 6-62
6.7.2 Notes on radiography techniques with UNIQUE
.......................................................................... 6-63
6.8 The Exposure Index ........................................................ 6-63
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Table of Contents
6 PCR plate reader
6.1 The PCR Conpano plate reader
6.1.1 Reading out an inage plate
To read out an image plate you must
slide the plate cassette into the plate reader,
have the image plate read out and
remove the plate cassette again.

Insert the cassette

lncorrectly nsertng the cossette con domoge the plote reoder. nsure thot the
cossette s not nserted upsde down, ot on ongle or ncorrectly olgned. l( you used
exposure morks when mokng the exposure, remove these (rom the cossette be-
(ore nsertng t.
WARNlNG

NOTE
l( you ore workng wthout o borcode reoder the lood lomp only oppeors n the
"xomnoton" secton.
l( you ore workng wth o borcode reoder, you must (rst o( oll ossgn the plote
cossette to o vew usng the operotor's console. Otherwse, processng o( ths plote
cossette wll be dened. Remove the cossette ogon ond ossgn the plote cossette
to o vew usng the borcode reoder on the operotor's console.

nsure thot you nsert the cossette stroght ond rght olong the rght (eed edge.
WARNlNG
The patient has been X-rayed. The exposures can be found on

one or more plate cassettes.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1 PCR plare reaoer 6-3
Check that the load lamp is lit on the control panel of the plate
reader.
Turn the cassette so that the side to be exposed faces down, and
the barcode window goes in first and faces up.
X
Slide the cassette into the cassette compartment straight along the
right feed edge.
Never insert the cassette like this:
Fig. 6.1 Wrong! Gap between cassette and feed edge
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
6-4 PCR plare reaoer PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1
Fig. 6.2 Wrong! Cassette is at an angle
The cassette slots into place. You will feel slight resistance when
inserting the cassette, which you must overcome.
The load lamp on the control panel of the plate reader goes out.
Image plate readout begins automatically.
The status displays flash on the control panel:

The first arrow flashes during readout. The second arrow flashes
when erasure begins until the image plate is reloaded in the cassette.
Remove cassette

NOTE
Whle the moge plote s beng reod out the cossette s locked n the plote reoder,
the stotus dsploys (losh.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
The PCR Conpano plate reader 6.1
Check that the unload lamp is lit on the control panel.
Pull the cassette in a straight line and slowly out of the cassette
compartment.
The unload lamp goes out; the load lamp lights up.
The cassette is ready for use again.
The exposure which has been read out is added to the patients
exposures. Unless you have selected another patient or an-
other exposure for processing, the exposure which has been
read out appears on the monitor.

NOTE
l( you work wth the multple-console system, the exposure whch hos been reod
out s stored ond dsployed on the console on whch you hove ossgned the plote
cossette to o vew.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
6.1.2 Perforning secondary erasure
Normally, the image plates are automatically erased after readout. If,
however, an image plate has not been used in the past 8 hours, so-called
secondary erasure is necessary. Here, the cassette is merely erased, and
not read out.
With time, the image plates absorb natural radiation, with the result
that images with low exposure levels have a higher noise component. In
applications with a low radiation dose you should therefore perform
secondary erasure on the image plate after prolonged storage.
Proceed as follows:
Press the erase button.
The field beside it displays the secondary erasure mode for

the next cassette to be inserted.
Insert cassette.
During erasure, the status display for cassette processing flashes.
On the monitor, a message concerning the plate reader mode
appears above the progress indicator. After erasure, the plate
reader automatically switches back into normal read mode, mean-
ing the erasure procedure only ever applies to one cassette.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
When the unload lamp lights up, erasure is complete. The cassette
can be taken out and used for a new exposure.
6.1.3 Perforning prinary erasure
Normally, the image plates are automatically erased after readout. After
incorrect exposure, however, special, primary erasure is necessary. Here,
the cassette is merely erased, and not read out.

NOTE
l( the plote reoder detects on ncorrectly exposed moge plote, on error messoge
to thot e((ect oppeors. You moy not use ncorrectly exposed moge plotes (or
oround 1 hours o(ter prmory erosure.
Proceed as follows:
Press the erase button twice.
The field beside it displays the primary erasure mode for the
next cassette to be inserted.
Insert cassette.
After erasure, the plate reader automatically switches back into
normal read mode, meaning the erasure procedure only ever ap-
plies to one cassette.
When the unload lamp lights up, erasure is complete. The cassette
can be taken out and used for a new exposure.
6.1.4 5witching on/off

NOTE
The plote reoder s desgned (or contnuous operoton. lt s there(ore only neces-
sory to swtch t o(( n the event o( prolonged stoppoges.
Power ON
The PC and the application program on the operator's console

have been started up.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Press main switch to the I position.
The pilot lamp on the control panel of the plate reader lights
up.
The plate reader begins the start-up procedure, which takes a

short time. Then the load lamp lights up.
The plate reader is ready when the green load lamp lights
up.
Power OFF
Processing of the last cassette is complete.

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
The unload lamp lights up.
Remove the cassette from the cassette compartment.
Press main switch to the 0 position.
The PCR Compano is now properly switched off.

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
6.2 The PCR Corado, CosinaX and 5 Hi-res plate
readers
6.2.1 Distinguishing features
All three plate readers perform the same functions.
The Corado and CosimaX plate readers are identical externally.
The S Hi-res plate reader has only one cassette slot.
The operation of all three plate readers is identical; the operation of a
plate reader with four cassette slots is described below.

NOTE
The plote reoder s desgned (or contnuous operoton. lt s only necessory to
swtch t o(( n the event o( prolonged stoppoges. Do not swtch on the plote reoder
ogon mmedotely o(ter swtchng t o((, wot ot leost 5 s.
Power ON
The pilot lamp lights up.

If the pilot lamp does not light up, the main switch may not be
switched on. If so, press the main switch to the I position (on).
Switch on the plate reader.

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
The PCR Corado, CosinaX and 5 Hi-res plate readers 6.2
The operating system loads the programs required and per-

forms a selftest. Various different displays appear.
After the start-up procedure the main window appears: (Only

one cassette compartment is displayed in the main window of
the S Hi-res)
The plate reader is ready when the load lamps of the cassette
compartments light up.
Power OFF
Make sure that processing of all cassettes is complete (unload

lamps flashing).
Remove all cassettes from the cassette compartments.
Touch the Shutdown button in the main window.

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
6.2 The PCR Corado, CosinaX and 5 Hi-res plate readers
The following confirmation window appears:

1.
2.
Touch the Power OFF button
and then OK.

After a short time the plate reader switches itself off automatically.
The main switch can be left turned on.
The image does not appear on-screen until read-out is finished.

Insert the cassette

(ore nsertng t.
WARNlNG
The patient has been X-rayed. The exposures can be found on

one or more plate cassettes.
Turn the cassette so that the front faces up (barcode window goes
in first and faces up).
Check that the load lamp of the cassette compartment is lit.

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Place the cassette into the cassette compartment with the front
facing up.
Load lamp
is lit
Guide the cassette along the right feed edge, until it slots into
the cassette compartment.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
When the cassette correctly slots into the cassette compartment, the load
lamp of the cassette compartment goes out and the processing lamp
lights up. Image plate readout begins. During this, the cassette is locked
and cannot be taken out. The progress of processing is shown on the
monitor.
Cassette processing is complete when the unload lamp of the cassette
compartment lights up and the processed image is shown in full.

NOTE
l( you ore workng wthout o borcode reoder the lood lomp does not oppeor untl
you hove selected o vew n "xomnoton".
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Remove cassette
Check that the blue unload lamp of the cassette compartment is

flashing.
Unload lamp
Ilashing
compartment.

NOTE
cossette to o vew.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
not read out.
Proceed as follows:
Select the mode in the main window.
Select Secondary erasure.

1
2
The main window appears once again.
The Secondary erasure mode is now activated for the next cas-
sette to be inserted. After erasure, the plate reader automatically
switches back into normal read mode, meaning the erasure pro-
cedure only ever applies to one cassette.
Insert cassette.
During erasure the indicator for the cassette compartment in

use flashes.
The status of erasure is displayed.
When the unload lamp lights up, erasure is complete. The

cassette can be taken out and used for a new exposure.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

NOTE
Proceed as follows:
Select the mode in the main window.
Select Primary erasure.

1
2
The main window appears once again.
The Primary erasure mode is now activated for the next cassette
to be inserted. After erasure, the plate reader automatically
switches back into normal read mode, meaning the erasure pro-
cedure only ever applies to one cassette.
Insert cassette.
During erasure the indicator for the cassette compartment in

use flashes.
The status of erasure is displayed.
When the unload lamp lights up, erasure is complete. The

cassette can be taken out and used for a new exposure.
6.2.6 What to do if the cassette is not scanned
If you have forgotten to scan a cassettes barcode before loading it into
the plate reader, an error message, stating that the image plate cannot
be read out, appears on the monitor, as the plate reader does not have
the data for reading out the cassette. At the same time, the following,
general error message appears:
Touch Stop alarm on the monitor and confirm unloading of

the cassette by pressing Take out cassette.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
The error message disappears; the cassette is ejected.
Remove the cassette and enter the barcode with the correspond-
ing patient and examination data on the operator's console.
Reload the cassette in a free cassette compartment.

6.3 The PCR 5 and 5 Plus plate readers
The S and S Plus plate readers are identical apart from the readout speed
and the 50 m scanning option.

NOTE
The plote reoder s desgned (or contnuous operoton. lt s there(ore only neces-
sory to swtch t o(( n the event o( prolonged stoppoges.
Power ON
The PC and the application program on the operator's console

have been started up.
Press main switch to the I position.
The pilot lamp on the control panel of the plate reader lights
up.
The plate reader begins the start-up procedure, which takes a short
time. Then the load lamp lights up.
The plate reader is ready when the green load lamp lights up.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
The PCR 5 and 5 Plus plate readers 6.3
Power OFF
Processing of the last cassette is complete.

The unload lamp lights up.
Take out the cassette
Press End
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
The following appears
Select End with and , then press OK.
The plate reader is now properly switched off.

Switching off completely, e.g. for a longer interruption of oper-
ation
Press main switch to the 0 position.
The plate reader is now properly switched off.


Insert the cassette

(ore nsertng t.
WARNlNG
Check that the load lamp on the control panel of the plate reader
is lit.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

NOTE
l( you ore workng wth o borcode reoder, you must (rst o( oll ossgn the plote
cossette to o vew usng the operotor's console. Otherwse, processng o( ths plote
cossette wll be dened. Remove the cossette ogon ond ossgn the plote cossette
to o vew usng the borcode reoder on the operotor's console.
l( you ore workng wthout o borcode reoder the lood lomp only oppeors n the
"xomnoton" secton.
Turn the cassette so that the side to be exposed faces down, and
the barcode window goes in first and faces up.
X
Slide the cassette into the cassette compartment along the right
feed edge.

nsure thot you nsert the cossette stroght ond rght olong the rght (eed edge.
WARNlNG
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
The cassette slots into place. You will feel slight resistance when
inserting the cassette, which you must overcome.
The load lamp on the control panel of the plate reader goes out.
Image plate readout begins automatically.
The status displays flash on the control panel:

The first arrow flashes during readout. The second arrow flashes
when erasure begins until the image plate is reloaded in the cassette.
Remove cassette

NOTE
Whle the moge plote s beng reod out the cossette s locked n the plote reoder,
the stotus dsploys (losh.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Check that the unload lamp on the control panel is flashing:
compartment.

NOTE
cossette to o vew.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
not read out.
Press "Mode change".

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Select Primary erasure with and , then press OK.

Insert cassette.
When the unload lamp lights up, erasure is complete.
Take out the cassette.

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

NOTE
Press "Mode change".

Select Primary erasure with and select "Primary era-

sure", then press OK.
Insert cassette.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
When the unload lamp lights up, erasure is complete.
Take out the cassette.

6.4 The PCR AC500, AC5000 and Cosina plate
readers
The AC500 and AC5000 and Cosima plate readers are identical apart
from the number of cassette slots (AC500, AC5000) and the design
(AC500, Cosima). The following descriptions apply to all plate readers
unless explicitly stated otherwise. In each case, the AC5000 is depicted
by way of example.
Power ON
Do not switch on the plate reader immediately after switching off;
wait at least 5 seconds.
The power indicator on the control panel of the plate reader is lit.
If the pilot lamp is not lit, the main switch may not be switched on. If
so, move the main switch to the I position (on).
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
6.4 The PCR AC500, AC5000 and Cosina plate readers
Switch on the plate reader at the power switch on the control

panel.
The operating system loads the programs required and performs
a selftest. The software version is displayed.
FCR 5000R
Copyright (c) 1998 Fuji Photo FiIm Co.,Ltd
Software ID :############
Software version :######
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
The PCR AC500, AC5000 and Cosina plate readers 6.4
Then a status window appears in which the individual steps in
the start-up procedure are steadily counted down.
I NI TI ALI ZI NG
STEP 90
The plate reader is ready to operate when the ready indicator
lights up and the main window appears on the screen.
1
2
3
READING
4
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Power OFF
Make sure that processing of all cassettes is complete (unload

lamps of all cassette slots are lit).
Then remove all cassettes from the cassette slots.
Switch the plate reader off at the power switch.

After a short time the plate reader switches itself off automatically.
If there are any unprocessed images, the following window ap-
pears:
1
2
3
READING
4
TERMINATION PROCESSING
Wait for a whiIe .
OK
*
+
Processing wiII be terminated
after image is saved.
CompIete operation if data
is being input.
After processing the plate reader switches itself off automatically.
Aborted print or save jobs resume once the plate reader is switched
on.
6.4.3 lnsert the cassette
You have already entered the image plate barcode on the PCR terminal.
The image plate has been exposed according to the settings on the PCR
terminal.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

lncorrectly nsertng the cossette con domoge the plote reoder. Alwoys nsert the
cossette nto the cossette slot n the monner descrbed below.
WARNlNG
Turn the cassette so that the front faces up (barcode window goes
in first and faces up).
Check that the load lamp (X) of the cassette slot is lit.
Place the cassette into the cassette compartment with the front
facing up.
2
X
Guide the cassette along the right feed edge (X) until it engages
in the cassette slot.
X
The cassette is locked in the cassette slot during processing.
Never insert the cassettes into the cassette slot as follows:
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Incorrect: The cassette is not lying against the feed edge.
Incorrect: The cassette is crooked.
When the cassette engages correctly in the cassette slot, the load lamp
of the cassette slot goes out. Image plate readout begins automatically.
During that time the cassette is locked in the cassette slot. Processing of
the cassette is complete when the unload lamp (X) lights up.
X
2
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
6.4.4 Renoving the cassette
Check that the unload lamp (X) of the cassette slot is lit.
X
2
Slowly pull the cassette out of the cassette slot, keeping it

straight.
You can reuse the cassette for a new exposure straight away. The cassette
slot is ready for insertion of a new cassette.
6.4.5 5creen saver
If the screen is not touched for a certain period of time or no cassettes
are processed, the screen saver is automatically activated; the screen goes
black. As soon as the screen is touched or a cassette is inserted, the display
is reactivated.
6.4.6 Working with infornation windows
If a problem occurs during operation of the plate reader, an information
window appears on-screen with details regarding the problem. Read the
information and touch the required button on the screen. The following
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
illustration shows an example of an information window:
1
2
3
READING
4
ID INFO. NOT REGISTERED CS3
ID has not been registered.
UnIoad cassette and register
ID information.
*
>
CONTINUE
STOP ALAR M
UNLOAD CASS.
If the instructions are long, the following symbols are used in the mes-
sage:
CS3 Casserre slor 3
> Acrlon ln|ormarlon |or rbe user
+ Alrernarlve acrlon ln|ormarlon
* Deralleo problem oescrlprlon
-> Operarlng lnsrrucrlons Consulr rbe |nsrrucrlons |or Use |or |urrber ln|or-
marlon.
6.4.7 Processing a cassette with priority
This function is only available on the AC5000.
Here you find out how to immediately process a cassette in an emer-
gency, while postponing the processing of other cassettes in the plate
reader.
The following procedure applies to only one cassette at a time and
must be repeated for each additional cassette.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Touch this button in the main window:

1
S
2
3
READING
4
The following appears:
PRIMARY ERASURE
SECONDARY ERASURE
READING
URGENT
P
S
URGENT
Touch "URGENT".
The function is activated for the next cassette ( ).
Open the previous window:

PRIMARY ERASURE
SECONDARY ERASURE
READING
URGENT
P
S
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
The main window appears.
1
S
2
3
READING
4
Insert the cassette (chapter 6.4.3).

The read-out image is processed immediately. When the unload
lamp lights up, you can take out the cassette.
not read out.
The following procedure applies to only one cassette at a time and
must be repeated for each additional cassette.

1
S
2
3
READING
4
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
PRIMARY ERASURE
SECONDARY ERASURE
READING
URGENT
P
S
Touch "SECONDARY ERASURE".

The function is activated for the next cassette. The previous win-
dow automatically appears, displaying "SECONDARY ERA-
SURE" (X):
1
S
2
3
SECONDARY ERASURE
4
X
Insert the cassette (chapter 6.4.3).

When the unload lamp lights up, you can take out the cassette.
This section describes how to erase an image plate after an incorrect
exposure or overexposure without performing a readout procedure. In-
correctly exposed image plates are prepared for a new exposure by means
of primary erasure.
The following procedure applies only to one cassette and must be
repeated for each additional cassette.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Touch this switch on the main window.

1
S
2
3
READING
4
The following window appears:
PRIMARY ERASURE
SECONDARY ERASURE
READING
URGENT
P
S
Touch PRIMARY ERASURE.

The function is activated for the next cassette. The previous win-
dow automatically appears and indicates primary erasure (X).
1
P
2
3
PRIMARY ERASURE
4
X
Insert the cassette into the cassette slot (chapter 6.4.3).

The cassette can be removed when the Unload indicator for the
cassette slot is lit.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
6.4.10 Adjusting gray levels nanually
To adjust the gray levels on the screen of the plate reader, the
Manual mode in the EVA tool must be programmed (Customer
Service).
You can adjust the S and L values on the plate reader to improve the
display of a critical exposure.
The S values (sensitivity) are values for sensitivity when interpreting gray
values and cause a change in brightness. The L values (Latitude) are
values for the latitude of the histogram determined for this exposure and
cause a change in contrast.
After activating "Manual" on the PCR terminal, insert the cas-

sette into the cassette slot.
The following prompt appears after the image plate has been read
out:
MANUAL EDR
Press OK ke y. >
OK
Confirm by touching "OK".

A001 ID# 567890 S m i t h , J o h n
CHEST, PortabIe Chest
QUIT OK
IMAGE DENSITY
S=200
CONTRAST
L=1. 45
ON
Select "IMAGE DENSITY" and/or "CONTRAST" and set the

values required using the arrow buttons.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
|ncreases values ln large lncremenrs
|ncreases values ln small lncremenrs
Reouces values ln small lncremenrs
Reouces values ln large lncremenrs
Then touch this button:

QUIT OK
The main window appears.

The image with the adjusted values is transmitted to the operator's con-
sole.
6.4.11 Processing unregistered inage plates
If a cassette is inserted without entering and assigning the appropriate
data first at the operator's console, a message appears on the screen of
the plate reader. In the following example, an unregistered image plate
in cassette slot 3 has been detected (CS = Cassette Slot).
ID information.
*
>
CONTINUE
STOP ALAR M
UNLOAD CASS.
You can discontinue processing of this image plate or continue the pro-
cedure. Philips recommends discontinuing in order to ensure reliable
processing.
To cancel processing
If you discontinue processing, the image plate is neither read out
nor erased. It remains in the original state.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
If necessary, stop the alarm signal in the information window:

CONTINUE
STOP ALAR M
UNLOAD CASS.

CONTINUE
UNLOAD CASS.
The image plate is reloaded in the cassette.
The following information window appears:
ID INFO. NOT REGISTERED;
ID of inserted cassette has not
been registered. I P has returned
into cassette.
*
>
STOP ALAR M
UNLOAD CASS.
IP IN CASSETTE CS 3.
ID information.
Stop the alarm and then touch this button:

UNLOAD CASS.
Remove the cassette from the appropriate cassette slot (CS) and
read the barcode after assigning the data at the operator's console.
Then reinsert the cassette in the plate reader. The exposure has
not been changed by this procedure.
To continue processing
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
If necessary, stop the alarm signal in the information window:

ID information.
*
>
CONTINUE
STOP ALAR M
UNLOAD CASS.
Touch this button in the information window:

CONTINUE
UNLOAD CASS.
The image plate is read out. The following message appears:
Enter ID# at IDT and register
ID information.
IP#: 23876524
>
STOP ALAR M OK
WAITING FOR IP# FROM IDT CS3
Stop the alarm:

STOP ALAR M OK
Do not press the "OK" button before you have entered image
plate barcode on the operator's console.
At the operator's console select the view and enter the barcode by
hand. Shortly afterwards, the window appears.
When the barcode number has been entered the processing pro-
cedure is continued. When it has finished, the cassette can be used
for the next exposure.
6.4.12 Utilities
The following sections describe the functions of the utilities for the
AC5000 and AC500 plate readers.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Overview of functions
In the "User Utility" window, you can select the following functions:
USER UT I L I T Y
DELETE
WAITING IMAGES
DISPLAY
CRT TEST PATTERN
SET
DATE/TIME
SET CLICK SOUND
REOUTPUT
IMAGE
ADJUST
TOUCH POINT
QUIT
Delete waiting images
You can delete exposures still awaiting processing which are stored on
the hard disk of the plate reader.
Reoutput image
It is possible to display a list of both processed and unprocessed expo-
sures. You can select individual exposures from this list and reoutput
them if necessary, with changed settings.
Set date/time
You can set the date and time on the internal clock in the image reader.
Set click sound
You can turn on or off the signal heard when you touch a function on
the touch screen and when information appears.
Adjust touch point
You can adjust the touch points on the touch screen.
Display CRT test pattern
You can call up a test pattern to adjust the screen contrast.
Calling up/closing utilities
Calling up utilities
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

1
S
2
3
READING
4
After a few seconds, the following window appears:
USER UT I L I T Y
DELETE
WAITING IMAGES
DISPLAY
CRT TEST PATTERN
SET
DATE/TIME
SET CLICK SOUND
REOUTPUT
IMAGE
ADJUST
TOUCH POINT
QUIT
Select a function.
Closing utilities
Touch this button in the "User Utility" window:

USER UT I L I T Y
QUIT
After a few seconds, the main window appears.
Image administration on the plate reader
The plate reader has an internal hard disk which can store up to about
100 images. If there is no more space available for storing new images,
an automatic erasure mechanism starts. The oldest images are erased
first.
Images which are saved on the internal hard disk have already been
processed and then sent to the workstation or are waiting to be proc-
essed. In the normal routine mode, unprocessed images are only dis-
played briefly, like the protected images on the button at the bottom
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
right edge of the screen.
2
X Y
X: Display utilities:
Y: Display unprocessed/protected images.
On the plate reader all the exposures read out are numbered internally.
Numbering begins at 001 again each working day. If a saved image is
reprocessed, it will be assigned a new exposure number on the plate
reader.
Smi t h, Bob
Smi t h, Bob
Smi t h, Bob
Mi I I e r , Jan e
Mi I I e r , Jan e
Mi I I e r , Jan e
Jarret , To m
Jarret , To m
98786 2000.01.22 A001
98786 2000.01.22 A002
98786 2000.01.22 A003
65794 2000.01.22 A004
65794 2000.01.22 A005

65794 2000.01.22 A006
43356 2000.01.22 A007
43356 2000.01.22 A008
REOUTPUT PROCESSED IMAGE (P1/3) ENTER QUIT
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
X
X: Consecutive internal number.
Deleting waiting images
You can delete groups of exposures which are stored on the internal hard
disk of the plate reader and are still waiting to be processed. During
problem-free, normal operation, there is no need to perform this task.
Erased images cannot be restored. Before erasing them, ensure that
the images really are no longer required.

DELETE
WAITING IMAGES
SET
DATE/TIME
SET CLICK SOUND
REOUTPUT
IMAGE
ADJUST
TOUCH POINT
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
QUIT DELETE
DEL ET E
WAI T I NG I MAGE S
DELETE
FILING IMAGE(S)?
DELETE
OTHER IMAGE(S)?
DELETE
LOCKED IMAGE(S)?
DELETE
EXCEPT LOCKED
IMAGE(S)?
DELETE
FILING IMAGE(S)?
Deleres all lmages walrlng |or rrans|er
ro rbe worksrarlon.
DELETE
OTHER IMAGE(S)?
Deleres rbose lmage walrlng |or rrans-
|er ro rbe worksrarlon wblcb oo nor |all
lnro rbe orber caregorles nameo.
DELETE
LOCKED IMAGE(S)?
Deleres rbose lmages walrlng |or rrans-
|er ro rbe worksrarlon wblcb bave been
prorecreo |rom oelerlon on rbe plare
reaoer.
DELETE
EXCEPT LOCKED
IMAGE(S)?
Deleres rbose lmages walrlng |or rrans-
|er ro rbe worksrarlon wblcb bave nor
been prorecreo |rom oelerlon.
Select the required function and then touch "DELETE".
A prompt appears:
QUIT DELETE
DEL ET E
WAI T I NG I MAGE S
DELETE
FILING IMAGE(S)?
DELETE
OTHER IMAGE(S)?
DELETE
LOCKED IMAGE(S)?
DELETE
EXCEPT LOCKED
IMAGE(S)?
Are you sure to deIete?
DELETE WAITING IMAG E
CANCEL DELETE
Confirm the message by touching "DELETE".

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
The selected exposures are deleted. A message appears saying that
the procedure has been completed.
Reoutputting a processed image
You can send images to the workstation again if they have already been
transferred and are still saved on the internal hard disk of the plate read-
er.
The resent image is stored in the same patient folder on the workstation
as the image first sent and is also stored in addition to the old image;
there is no overwriting. All the images which are reoutput by the plate
reader are given the image number "0" on the workstation. When im-
ages are reoutput, you can set the following parameters:
Protect exposures
This function protects exposures from automatic deletion, which means
they are not deleted and remain on the hard disk until deleted manually.
You can display the protected images.
2
X Y
X: Display utilities
Y: Display unprocessed/processed images.
Change S/L values
These functions are used to adjust the brightness and contrast in the
exposure.
Selecting exposures

DELETE
WAITING IMAGES
SET
DATE/TIME
SET CLICK SOUND
REOUTPUT
IMAGE
ADJUST
TOUCH POINT
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
A list (several pages long) appears with images which have already
been processed and sent to the workstation.
Smi t h, Bob
Smi t h, Bob
Smi t h, Bob
Mi I I e r , Jan e
Mi I I e r , Jan e
Mi I I e r , Jan e
Jarret , To m
Jarret , To m
98786 2000.01.22 A001
98786 2000.01.22 A002
98786 2000.01.22 A003
65794 2000.01.22 A004
65794 2000.01.22 A005

65794 2000.01.22 A006
43356 2000.01.22 A007
43356 2000.01.22 A008
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
1 2 3 4
5
6 7
No. Meaning
1 Parlenr |D
2 Eamlnarlon oare
3 |nrernal number
4 Trans|erreo ro PCR Eleva
5 Prorecreo lmage
6 Page number
7 Dlsplay orber pages
Select the required image by touching the relevant line.

The images can only be transferred individually.
Smi t h, Bob
Smi t h, Bob
Smi t h, Bob
Mi I I e r , Jan e
98786 2000.02.21 A001
98786 2000.02.21 A002
98786 2000.02.21 A003
65794 2000.02.21 A004
65794 2000.02.21 A005

Mi I I e r , Jan e
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
The line selected is highlighted. Touch the line again to deselect
it.

Jarret , To m 43356 2000.01.22 A008OK
A001 ID# 567890 S m i t h , J o h n
QUIT OK
IMAGE DENSITY
S=200
CONTRAST
L=1. 45
ON
If you change the settings in this window, the image will be
assigned a new, internal exposure number (e.g. A010); the
former exposure number is deleted from the list of processed
exposures.
Select a function (see the following sections).

QUIT OK
The list with the processed images appears. If you wish to

reoutput more images, select the next image here and repeat
the procedure described above.
The changed image has been given a new exposure number and initially
only appears on the list of unprocessed images. It is transferred to the
workstation, where it is saved under image number 0. The image already
transferred to the workstation is not overwritten.
Changing the S and L values
You can change the brightness and contrast using the S and L values.
You can select the corresponding images from the list of processed im-
ages beforehand.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Set the required gray levels by touching the "S" and/or "L" but-
tons.
A001 ID# 567890 S m i t h , J o h n
QUIT OK
IMAGE DENSITY
S=200
CONTRAST
L=1. 45
ON
Change the set values using the arrow buttons.
Then touch this button to return to the "User Utility" window.

QUIT OK
The selection window appears.

Protecting images
You can protect images from automatic deletion from the hard disk of
the plate reader. You can select the corresponding images from the list
of processed images beforehand.
Touch this button on the function window:

A001 ID# 567890 S m i t h , J o h n
QUIT OK
IMAGE DENSITY
S=200
CONTRAST
L=1. 45
ON
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
OFF
ON
CANCEL OK
M A R I A M E Y E R
Touch "ON" to protect the image, and then touch "OK".
The function window appears.
In the function window, touch "OK" to return to the "User Util-

ity" window.
QUIT OK
The selection window appears.
Adjusting the touch points
You can set the touch points on the touch screen of the plate reader.

DELETE
WAITING IMAGES
SET
DATE/TIME
SET CLICK SOUND
REOUTPUT
IMAGE
ADJUST
TOUCH POINT
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
QUIT ADJUST TOUCH POINT
Point to (+) mark.
Touch the cross hairs (+) in the upper corner.

A new set of cross hairs appears in the lower corner.
QUIT ADJUST TOUCH POINT
Point to (+) mark.
Touch the cross hairs (+) in the lower corner.
Carry on as instructed in the following window and touch any

point on the screen.
OK CANCEL
ADJUST TOUCH POINT
Point to any position and press OK
if pointed correctIy.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
When you touch a point on the screen, a square appears on-screen

exactly where you touched it or in the vicinity.
QUIT CANCEL
ADJUST TOUCH POINT
Point to any position and press OK
if pointed correctIy.
If the point you touched and the square match, touch the "OK"
button. If this is not the case, repeat the setting procedure.
Setting date/time
You can set the date and the time on the internal clock.

DELETE
WAITING IMAGES
SET
DATE/TIME
SET CLICK SOUND
REOUTPUT
IMAGE
ADJUST
TOUCH POINT
QUIT
9 9 0 4 0 1 1 0 1 5 _
- BS ENT
0 . SP
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
SET D ATE /TIM E
Set the new date and time
in the order of Year, Month ,
Date and Time (miIitary time )
Ex.: ApriI 1, 1999. 10:15 AM
Input 99040 11015
The current settings are displayed in the black input field.
Enter the new figures and finish the entry by touching

"ENT" (Enter). If you wish to correct an input error, touch
"BS (backspace).
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Example:
Date: 01 April 2006
Time: 10:15 a.m.
Input: 0604011015
If the figures have been entered properly "Completed" appears
below the input field.
QUIT
9 9 0 4 0 1 1 0 1 5 _
- BS ENT
0 . SP
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
SET D ATE /TIM E
CompIeted
Set the new date and time
in the order of Year, Month ,
Date and Time (miIitary time )
Ex.: ApriI 1, 1999. 10:15 AM
Input 99040 11015
Touch "QUIT" to return to the "User Utility" window.

The clock is set to the new time.
Setting the click sound
You can switch on or off the signal that is heard when you touch the
touch screen or for warnings.

DELETE
WAITING IMAGES
SET
DATE/TIME
SET CLICK SOUND
REOUTPUT
IMAGE
ADJUST
TOUCH POINT
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
QUIT CANCEL SET CLICK SOUND
ON OFF
Select "ON" or "OFF" and touch "QUIT" to return to the "User

Utility" window.
Displaying CRT test pattern
You can call up a test image to set the contrast and brightness of the
screen display.

DISPLAY
CRT TEST PATTERN
SET CLICK SOUND
ADJUST
TOUCH POINT
QUIT
DISPLAY CRT TEST PATTERN
If necessary, correct the screen settings using the contrast control

and touch the "QUIT" button to return to the "User Utility"
window.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
The contrast control should be set so that all the gray bars
are visible.
Display protected/unprocessed images
You can display unprocessed images as well as ones which are protected
against automatic erasure. The number of protected/unprocessed im-
ages on the plate reader is displayed as follows in the main window:
1
2
3
READING
2
4
X
X: Display of protected/unprocessed images.
Touch this button:

2
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
A list of saved images appears.
Smi t h, Bob
Smi t h, Bob
98786 2000.01.22 A002
SEND
98786 2000.01.22 A001
SEND
DI SPL AY
WAI TI NG I MGAE S
CANCEL
(P1/ 1)
1
3
2
4
No. Meaning
1 Unprocesseo lmages
2 Prorecreo lmages
3 Page number
4 Dlsplay orber pages
In normal mode, unprocessed images only appear here briefly, until they
have been transferred to the workstation. Then they are erased from this
list. If image throughput is high or if there are technical problems, a
queue may occur in processing.
6.4.13 Error nessages
This chapter provides information on error messages which contain a
reference to the Instructions for Use.
Laser malfunction
LASER POWER INSUFFICIENT
Contact service engineer.
It is possible to use temporarily,
but the image may be aIIected.
Operation Manual
TEMPORARY
USE
STOP ALARM
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Cause of error message
The laser beam unit is defective.
Touch this button to stop the alarm signal:

TEMPORA RY
USE
STOP ALARM
Notify Philips Customer Service.

If you touch the "TEMPORARY USE" button, you can never-
theless read out the exposure. However, the image quality then
corresponds to an X-ray exposure made with a radiation dose of
only 20%.
Over-exposed image plate
OVER-EXPOSED IP CS1
This IP is not completely erased due to
over-exposure. Do not use IP Erase
aIter 16 hours.
Operation Manual
Press UNLOAD CASS. key.
*
STOP ALARM UNLOAD CASS.
Cause of error message
An over-exposed image plate has been found in the cassette in cassette
slot 1 (CS1).
Touch this button to stop the alarm signal:

UNLOAD CASS. STOP ALARM
Touch this button to eject the cassette:

UNLOAD CASS. STOP ALARM
Do not use the cassette with the over-exposed image plate within
the next 16 hours.
After approx. 16 hours, perform a primary erasure (chapter

6.4.9).
The image plate can can be reused for a new X-ray exposure.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
6.5 Making exposures
6.5.1 Exposure paraneters
For the exposure, use a cassette with an erased image plate and use the
same settings on the X-ray generator as with the conventional screen-
film technique.
6.5.2 Positioning the cassette
Place the plate cassettes into the cassette tray of the X-ray unit or for
free exposures as follows:
Have the front of the cassette facing towards the source of radi-
ation.
Back Barcode window Front
For exposure, align the cassette so that the green mark on the
front is at the top or to the right. It does not matter whether the
patient is lying in the PA or AP position.
Green mark on top
Green mark on right
18 cm x 24 cm format
Cassettes in 18 cm x 24 cm format have two green marks on the side to
be exposed. Align these cassettes as follows: for
portrait: two green marks are on top
landscape: single green line is on top

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
6.5 Making exposures
Green marks
Green marks
6.6 Cassettes and inage plates
6.6.1 Handling cassettes and inage plates

The cossettes moy be physcolly domoged by coreless hondlng. Ths con leod to
dsruptons or the (olure o( the entre system. lmoge plote solng con greotly
mpor ts (uncton ond, wth thot, moge quolty. Alwoys hondle cossettes ond
moge plotes gently, cleon the moge plote regulorly. Observe the (ollowng n-
structons ot oll tmes.
DANGER
Physical wear and tear
Ensure that the cassette is not damaged when inserting and removing
it. Do not drop the cassette on the floor, as this could scratch it.
Wear gloves when removing the image plate from the cassette to prevent
your fingernails from scratching it.
Image plates must not be bent, banged or otherwise subjected to rough
treatment. Do not use damaged image plates.
Dust and dirt
Always keep the surface of the image plates free from dust and dirt, to
prevent faults or inferior image quality.
Do not place plate cassettes on the floor with the opening facing down.
Otherwise, dirt can get into the cracks of the plate cassette, which soils
the plate reader during readout.
Storing image plates
Observe the following ambient conditions for storage:
In the sealed packaging: <35 C
In the opened packaging: <33 C, <80% rel. humidity.

NOTE
Store moge plotes so thot they ore not exposed to drect sunlght or other sources
o( rodoton.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Cassettes and inage plates 6.6
Store image plates vertically or horizontally on a flat surface and do not
bend or subject them to other forms of physical wear and tear.
Transport conditions
Do not drop boxes of image plates. Do not throw the boxes. Ensure that
the boxes do not come into contact with moisture and are not over-
heated (above 45 C).
Cleaning image plates: see chapter 14.3.3.
6.7 Notes on radiography
6.7.1 UNlQUE, UM and DRR
The following outlines what you must pay attention to when exposing
image plates and when selecting plate reader modes (readout modes).
Radiography techniques with the following are described here
UNIQUE (UNified Image QUality Enhancement)
UM (Unsharp Masking) and DRR (Dynamic Range Reconstruc-

tion). You will find more information on UM and DRR in the
appendix.

NOTE
l( on moge plote hos not been used n the post 8 hours, t must undergo secondory
erosure be(ore beng used ogon n order to erose the noturol rodoton obsorbed
n the nterm.

l(, despte hovng (ollowed oll exposure nstructons, de(ects orse n the moge,
pleose n(orm Phlps Customer Servce. ln(eror moge quolty or de(ects n the
moges moy be coused by the spec(c scottered rodoton o( your X-roy unt or
use o( the beom lmtoton system.
WARNlNG
Exposure parameters and image quality
In general, you expose image plates using the same exposure parameters
as conventional screen-film systems. In contrast to conventional sys-
tems, however, when the exposure parameters are changed the image
plate reacts differently, as the table below shows:
Exposure paraneters lnage plate 5creen-filn systens
Raolarlon oose (mAs) Hlgb Unl|orm,
no vlslble graln
Denslry roo blgb
Low Unl|orm,
|lne graln
Denslry roo low
Tube volrage (kv) Hlgb No slgnl|lcanr
cbange ln overall
conrrasr
Reouceo conrrasr
Low No slgnl|lcanr
cbange ln overall
conrrasr
Hlgb conrrasr
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
6.7 Notes on radiography
In the case of image plates, a change in the radiation dose does not vary
the density, but the graininess. Nevertheless, it is still possible, as before,
to influence image quality by adjusting the exposure parameters.
With automatic exposure control, uniform density is achieved with
conventional screen-film systems, and almost uniform graininess in the
case of image plates.
Using Bucky equipment and stationary grids
With Bucky exposures, ensure that the grid is not aligned parallel to the
cassette hinges. Do not use coarse grids in conjunction with the high-
resolution working mode, otherwise artifacts occur more easily in the
image display.
6.7.2 Notes on radiography techniques with UNlQUE
Only one exposure per cassette is possible.
Rotating the image will not rotate the measuring field.

6.8 The Exposure lndex
While with conventional X-ray one can tell an incorrect exposure
straight away from the density of the film, with digital systems there is
no discernible direct connection between density and image receptor
dose. For this reason, PCR Eleva has a dose indicator, which is propor-
tional to the image receptor dose.
The dose indicator provides a reference to the relative image receptor
dose of the exposure by means of the EI_s value (exposure index, signal-
based).
Using this value, you can compare similar exposures of the same organ
with the same radiation quality in terms of their dose and analyze de-
viations from the optimum dose.
The EI_s value appears beneath the image along with the exposure and
examination data in the Examination and Review sections.
The EI_s value also appears
beside the image when printing on a print medium,
beside the image in the field DICOM_RELATIVE_X-RAY_EX-

POSURE (0018, 1405) when saving to an archive, provided that
the archive shows this attribute.
What does the EI_s mean?
The EI_s is proportional to the dose. This means that for two similar
exposures of the same organ with the same radiation quality, you get
the ratio between the two dose values directly from the two EI_s values.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
The Exposure lndex 6.8
Example:
Patient 1: Pelvis A/P, 77 kV, AEC, EI_s = 320
Patient 2: Pelvis AP, 77 kV, AEC, EI_s = 480
480/320 = 1.5; the exposure of Patient 2 had 1.5 times the dose of
that of Patient 1.
The EI_s gives an indication of the image receptor dose right in front
of the film cassette (air kerma in Gy), multiplied by 100.
This correlation only applies directly with radiation quality of the cali-
bration conditions (70 kV, 21 mm Al filter) and in the absence of other
influences that cause deviations in the EI_s. Here, for instance, an EI_s
of 350 corresponds to a dose (air kerma) of 3.5 Gy.
However, the more the radiation quality deviates from this, the greater
the EI_s deviates from this correlation. For 50 kV or 120 kV, the EI_s
shows values that are as much as 30% too low.
An image plate system like the PCR, however, does not detect the ra-
diation quality during exposure.
Under clinical working conditions on the patient this means that one
cannot precisely infer the detector dose from the absolute values of the
EI_s.
How is the EI_s calculated in PCR Eleva?
The system is based on the exposure of plate cassettes and has neither
exposure data from X-ray measurement devices nor exact generator or
filter data. Thus a dose indicator can only be calculated from the image
data.
The following text applies only to UNIQUE image processing:
The EI_s is calculated for the part of the image of interest for diagnosis,
namely for those pixels that UNIQUE image preprocessing detected as
regions-of-interest (ROI) for image post-processing.
In the Ranger, you can display the ROI determined by the UNIQUE
ranger in green on the image.
You determine the Ranger on the basis of all pixels in the measuring
field which you have described by a green rectangle. You choose the
measuring field on the right-hand side.
The pixel value, below which as many percent of all pixels lie as specified
in the parameter Keycenter (range 0 100), is taken as the ROI.
This applies to raw data without image processing.
Example:
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Turn color coding on/off.

This pixel value should be within the part of the anatomy that is typically
placed in front of the chamber of an AEC, e.g. in the case of skeletal
radiography in the pixels of medium density within the bones or, in the
case of thorax exposures in the auto mode, within the lungs. This is
generally the case with the processing protocols supplied by Philips with
no need for any further intervention.
Set EI_s by confirming or rejecting
Calculation of the EI_s depends on electronic collimation and individ-
ual parameters in the Ranger of UNIQUE image processing. If you
change data relating to this, the EI_s may also change.
When confirming or rejecting, the EI_s value is saved with this image
and cannot be changed again. This documents which EI_s was displayed
when confirming or rejecting.
For your information, however, even after confirmation or rejection of
an image, when changing the parameters later, an adjusted EI_s value
is always shown in brackets after the stored EI_s value in the exposure
and examination data. This additional information is not stored with
the image when re-printed or re-exported, however.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
The Exposure lndex 6.8
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Table of Contents
7 The operator's console .................................. 7-3
7.1 About this Chapter ............................................................ 7-3
7.2 What the operators console can do ................................... 7-3
7.3 How to use the operators console ..................................... 7-5
7.3.1 The Touch Screen .............................................. 7-5
7.3.2 Selecting the Section .......................................... 7-5
7.3.3 Scrolling Through Lists ...................................... 7-5
7.3.4 Operating the Slide Controls .............................. 7-6
7.3.5 Operating Drop-Down Lists .............................. 7-6
7.3.6 Operating the Selection Fields ............................ 7-7
7.3.7 Operating Switches ............................................ 7-7
7.3.8 Setting the on-screen keyboard ........................... 7-8
7.4 In an emergency ................................................................ 7-9
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Table of Contents
7 The operator's console
7.1 About this Chapter
This chapter addresses
the features of the operators console,
how to use the operators console
what sections are on the operators console and
how the sections on the operators console are structured.

7.2 What the operator's console can do
You can control examination data from the scheduling stage through to
the end of examination, i.e. enter patient data and examination data,
read in, process, print and save images.
The operators console has 6 sections:
Patient list
Examination
Review
Print
iSite (option)
System.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1 Tbe operaror's console 7-3
1 2 3 4 5 6
You can select the different sections using the main selector buttons
(1-6). When a section is selected the button for it turns yellow.
The different sections mean the following:
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
7.2 What the operator's console can do
7-4 Tbe operaror's console PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1
No. Function Meaning
1 Patient list Here you can enrer parlenr oara or selecr lr |rom a llsr
provloeo by R|S.
You can asslgn rypes o| eamlnarlon ro rbe parlenr or
use rbe eamlnarlon rypes |rom R|S. || a parlenr bas been
selecreo ln rbe Parlenr llsr secrlon, rbls selecrlon ls re-
ralneo wben you go lnro rbe orber rbree secrlons (bur-
rons 2, 3, 4).
2 Exanina-
tion
Here you can
conrrol rbe eamlnarlon,
asslgn plare casserres,
observe reaolng by rbe plare reaoer,
eolr rbe lmages l| necessary.

3 Review Here you wlll |lno
aovanceo lmage processlng rools |or cbecklng lmage

quallry, |or processlng lmages ano |or savlng ro an
arcblve,
an overvlew o| rbe parlenr's lmages.

4 Print You wlll |lno rbe prlnrlng rools bere. You can prlnr one
or more lmages on a |llm, ano oerermlne rbe lmage slze
ano lmage |lelo.
5 i5ite
(oprlon)
PCR Eleva supporrs olrecr access ro a Pblllps lSlre Web
Server. So you can olsplay ano process lmages o| all pa-
rlenrs avallable ln lSlre on rbe operaror's console. A
conolrlon ls rbar you bave access ro an lSlre Web Server
(nor parr o| PCR Eleva).
6 5ysten. Here you can elr rbe appllcarlon program ano log
our.
For rbe sysrem manager only:
Serrlng aomlnlsrrarlon ano con|lgurarlon |uncrlons
7.3 How to use the operator's console
7.3.1 The Touch 5creen
The system is designed for operation via a touch screen. You press a
button by touching the screen at that point.
7.3.2 5electing the 5ection
When you click on one of the 6 buttons, the corresponding section
appears.
7.3.3 5crolling Through Lists
Below a list you often find the following two scroll buttons: P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
How to use the operator's console 7.3
1 2
By clicking on these buttons you can scroll
up (1) or
down (2) through lists.

7.3.4 Operating the 5lide Controls
You will often find slide controls for setting numerical values, for ex-
ample in the image processing tools. You can change the values by
clicking on the + and - buttons:
to increase the value,
to reduce the value.

You open the slide control by clicking on the white area containing the
numerical value. Then you can change the value by moving the control
(1).
To close the slide control: click on the white area again.
7.3.5 Operating Drop-Down Lists
Some lists drop down for selection. The example shows the list of body
regions under patient and examination scheduling.
1
Click on the button with the small black arrow (1).

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
The hidden selection list (2) appears.

2
Thoracic Spine
You can make a selection from the drop-down list by clicking on
it. The background of the selected field turns blue.
7.3.6 Operating the 5election Fields
You can often select a certain value from a preset list of values. Shown
by way of example is the selection field Sex under patient and exami-
nation scheduling. You can select the value as follows:
Click on the arrow.
The selection drops down and shows the possible values.
Click on the value you want.
The selected value is then displayed.

7.3.7 Operating 5witches
You can change some functions using a switch. The example shows the
Print switch.
You can tell the status of the switch by the LED on the symbol:
LED is green: function is activated.
LED is gray: function is deactivated.

Turning a function on/off
Click on the switch.

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
How to use the operator's console 7.3
7.3.8 5etting the on-screen keyboard
For the system manager only: when entering text in text boxes you have
the option of calling up a virtual semi-transparent keyboard on screen,
so that you can also enter text directly on the screen.
You can either turn off this function, or set it so that
the keyboard always appears when the cursor is in a text box,
you can call up the keyboard via a symbol at the end of the text box
once the cursor is in a text box.
System
Click on System; the following appears
Settings
Click on Settings; the following appears
The following appears under Virtual keyboard
Select the display you want.

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Depending on your selection, the on-screen keyboard then ap-
pears (example)
You can
hide the keyboard
display it
move it to the top,
move it to the bottom or
move it to the center.
7.4 ln an energency
The system has an operating mode for emergencies, if you neither have
a valid user account nor know the password. On the one hand, this
mode permits access to the system and, on the other, protects patient
data from unauthorized access.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
ln an energency 7.4
They are as follows:
Only the "Emergency" worklist is available; it contains only patient

data with emergency status.
All patients added here are given emergency status.
You cannot access other patients (e.g. from RIS).
RIS query is not possible.

Any normally registered user can delete the patient entries from the
"Emergency" worklist and cancel emergency status:
Display patient data.
Switch off emergency status.

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
7.4 ln an energency
Table of Contents
8 Patient adninistration .................................. 8-3
8.1 The Patient list .................................................................. 8-3
8.2 Entering patient and examination data .............................. 8-5
8.2.1 Entering patient data .......................................... 8-5
8.2.2 Adding a Study .................................................. 8-7
8.2.3 Adding Examination Types ................................ 8-7
8.2.4 Deleting a study ................................................. 8-8
8.2.5 Deleting examination types ................................ 8-8
8.2.6 Customizing the Patient List .............................. 8-9
8.2.7 Finding a Patient in the Patient List ................ 8-10
8.2.8 Changing Patient and Examination Data ......... 8-10
8.2.9 Deleting a patient's data from the Patient List
.......................................................................... 8-11
8.3 Getting patient data from RIS ......................................... 8-13
8.3.1 Updating the patient list .................................. 8-13
8.3.2 Getting individual examinations from RIS (only via
DICOM RIS) .................................................. 8-13
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Table of Contents
8 Patient adninistration
8.1 The Patient list
The first section is the Patient list. This displays the patient data, studies
and examinations stored in the system. You can filter and sort the list
by examination status or other patient attributes.
Only here is it possible to select a new patient / a new study, which you
can then use in the Examination, Review and Print sections.
You can add, change and delete patient data via the buttons 5 and 6.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1 Parlenr aomlnlsrrarlon 8-3
1
2
3
4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12
13
14
15
No. Meaning
1 Parlenr llsr
2 Flelble columns ln rbe parlenr llsr: alrernare berween Parlenr |D, oare
o| blrrb ano orber |uncrlons
3 Parlenr srarus:
Parlenr scbeouleo
Parlenr ln progress
Parlenr complereo
!
A problem bas occurreo, e.g. eporr or prlnr |alleo
Complerlng parlenr
4 Flelo |or sysrem messages
5 Aoo / eolr parlenr. Tbese burrons rake you ro rbe Parlenr ano Eaml-
narlon Scbeoullng secrlon.
6 Delere parlenr llsr enrry
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
8.1 The Patient list
8-4 Parlenr aomlnlsrrarlon PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1
No. Meaning
7 Flno parlenr ln rbe oarabase
8 Fllrer |or rbe parlenr llsr, e.g. |llrer |or speclal workllsrs (all parlenrs are
selecreo ln rbe eample):
9 Upoarlng rbe workllsr wlrb oara |rom R|S
10 Save parlenr lmages ro D|COM CD.
11 Scroll rbrougb parlenr / eamlnarlon llsrs (scroll burrons)
12 Sysrem srarus olsplay (green / yellow / reo) (cbaprer 3.8)
13 Eamlnarlon |oloer ano oara |or rbe selecreo parlenr.
14 Swlrcb berween eamlnarlon llsr ano parlenr ln|ormarlon |or rbe selecreo
parlenr
15 Selecr a parlenr |or eamlnarlon, call up rbe Eamlnarlon secrlon
8.2 Entering patient and exanination data
8.2.1 Entering patient data
Assuming you are in the Patient list section:
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Entering patient and exanination data 8.2
Add a patient.
Patient and Examination Scheduling appears.
The patient ID (A) is automatically assigned, and can be

overwritten.
A
Press Enter.
Now the field Last name is active.
Enter the patients last name.

If you work with a touch screen, the on-screen keyboard appears
on the screen if so configured.
Press Enter.
This will automatically take you to the next field.
Click on the relevant field.
The field is active.
Enter data.
If required, enter further patient and examination data
Continue with the next chapter

or
OK
Confirm patient entry.

NOTE
As o mnmum, Phlps recommends enterng the (ollowng doto.
Lost nome,
Irst nome,
Dote o( brth,
Gender

NOTE
l( the potent's nome s not con(gured os on oddtonol dent(er n the system,
the system wll (le the moges under the most recent potent nome wth the some
potent lD os o prevous entry.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
8.2.2 Adding a 5tudy
Assuming you are in the Patient list section:
When you add a new patient a new study is created automatically. If
you want to create further studies for a patient, proceed as follows:
Select patient.
Select Edit patient.
Patient and Examination Scheduling appears.
Add a study.
In Patient and Examination Scheduling a new study appears

in the column Planned examinations. You can now enter
examination types here as described in the next chapter.
Unless such function is disabled, you can add any examination
types to any studies.
8.2.3 Adding Exanination Types
Always add a new study if another type of examination is to have its
own accession # (access number).
Under "System/Settings" the administrator can make the automatic
creation of a new study mandatory for each new type of examination.
Assuming you are in Patient and Examination Scheduling; new patient
data has already been entered:
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
A
C
B
UPPER EXTREMITY
Select body region (A).
A list of the possible types of examination appears (B).

Hand
Select type of examination.
The type of examination is added to the list of planned ex-

aminations (C).
Continue with the first step if you want to assign more than one
type of examination to the patient
or
OK
Confirm examination type entry.
The type of examination is scheduled for the patient.
The Patient list appears.

8.2.4 Deleting a study
You can only delete a study if none of the assigned examinations have
been started.
Select study.
Delete study.
In Patient and Examination Scheduling the study is deleted

from the column Planned examinations.
8.2.5 Deleting exanination types
You are in Patient and Examination Scheduling.
New patient data has already been entered; examination types have been
added.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Select type of examination.
The background of the examination type turns blue.
Delete type of examination.
The examination type is deleted from the list of planned ex-

aminations.

NOTE
You con only delete o type o( exomnoton ( you hove nether ossgned plote
cossettes to thot type o( exomnoton nor reod out ond stored exposures under
ths type o( exomnoton.
8.2.6 Custonizing the Patient List
You have the option of customizing the Patient list to your personal
preferences.
Changing the sequence of the columns
Click on the top of the column and hold.
Drag the column in the direction you want;

the column changes places with the adjacent one.
Changing sorting
You can change sorting in all columns (numerical, alphabetical or by
patient status).
Click on the top of the column once.

A small arrow beside the text in the top of the column indicates
how it is sorted.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Changing column width
In the top of the column, click on the dividing line between two
columns, and hold.
Drag the line in the direction you want.

Changing column contents
The columns with three dots on the right of the top of the column can
be changed.
Click on the dots
a submenu appears.
Choose new column contents.

8.2.7 Finding a Patient in the Patient List
If the patient list is very long, you can search for a specific patient:
Open the Find dialog box.
Enter patients name or first letters.
A list of patients matching the search criteria appears:
Select patient name for examination.
The background of the patients name turns blue.

8.2.8 Changing Patient and Exanination Data
Assuming you are in the Patient List section:
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
A
Select patient name (A).
Select Change data.
Patient and Examination Scheduling appears:
Click on the field you want to edit.
Change patient and examination data.

Add new examination types (see chapter 8.2.3).

8.2.9 Deleting a patient's data fron the Patient List
Protected patient data may only be deleted by the system manager.
You are in the Patient list section:
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
A
Select patient name (A).
Delete all data in this line.

Yes
Confirm deletion.

NOTE
l( exomnoton o( the potent hos not yet been completed, the (ollowng op-
peors.
l( you nevertheless wont to delete the potent (rom the potent lst, proceed os
(ollows.
OK
Confirm message.
Examination
Select examination.
Complete
Close all the patients assigned examination types and views.
In the Patient List, the patient is given the symbol to

indicate completion. If examinations are still outstanding, an
hourglass appears.
Delete the patient from the patient list.

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
8.3 Getting patient data fron Rl5
8.3.1 Updating the patient list
Assuming you are in the Patient list:
Start RIS query.
The button stays blue for as long as the query is in progress.
During that time, new patients data is added to the list.
Existing patient data and examinations are updated, unless

they have already begun.
Patient data and examinations that are no longer required are

deleted.
After the query the list is resorted.
After the query the patients with planned examinations not

included in the response from RIS are deleted and disappear
from the list.
To stop query, if necessary: click on the button again, while it is

blue.
8.3.2 Getting individual exaninations fron Rl5 {only via DlCOM
Rl5}
You can select individual scheduled examinations, offered by the RIS,
and transfer them to the PCR system.
Start search function.

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Getting patient data fron Rl5 8.3

On the right you can
enter one or more criteria to precisely narrow down your

search,
enter wild card criteria using * to narrow down your search,
choose from a list of modalities.
Start RIS query.
The button is blue for as long as the query is in progress.
At the same time, all examinations matching your criteria ap-

pear.
To stop query, if necessary: click on the button again, as long as
it is blue.
Select the examination(s) you want.
Add examination(s) to the patient list.

Close
End RIS query.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
8.3 Getting patient data fron Rl5
Table of Contents
9 Perforning the exanination ........................ 9-3
9.1 The Examination section ................................................... 9-3
9.2 Overview ........................................................................... 9-4
9.3 Examination procedure Overview .................................. 9-5
9.4 Examination steps in detail ................................................ 9-8
9.4.1 Assigning cassettes .............................................. 9-8
9.4.2 Reading out image plates on the plate reader
............................................................................ 9-9
9.4.3 Checking image quality on the operators console
............................................................................ 9-9
9.4.4 Exporting exposures, printing and completing the
examination ..................................................... 9-11
9.4.5 Making more than one exposure with the same view
.......................................................................... 9-12
9.5 Workflow control ............................................................ 9-14
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Table of Contents
9 Perforning the exanination
9.1 The Exanination section
The Examination section contains all displays and tools for an exami-
nation with image plates.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1 Per|ormlng rbe eamlnarlon 9-3
9.2 Overview
6
10
7
8
1
3
2
11
4 5
9
No. Meaning
1 Dlsplay o| rbe selecreo lmage / selecreo vlew
2 Eposure ano eamlnarlon ln|ormarlon
3 Accepr or rejecr selecreo eposure.
4 Cbange/aoo parlenr oara.
5 Dlsplay ln|ormarlon on rbe selecreo rype o| eamlnarlon or vlew.
6 Complere all vlews ano rypes o| eamlnarlon. A|rer presslng Complere
a small green rlck appears on rbe borrom le|r o| rbe rbumbnall X-ray.
7 Scroll rbrougb rbe eamlnarlon llsr.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
9.2 Overview
9-4 Per|ormlng rbe eamlnarlon PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1
No. Meaning
8 Dlsplay o| an eamlnarlon |oloer wlrb lmage eamlnarlon srarus
Tbe orange |rame means rbar rbls lmage ls olsplayeo on rbe le|r sloe o|
rbe eamlnarlon secrlon.
Tbe blue backgrouno means rbar rbls eposure ls selecreo ano can be
asslgneo.
You can vlew ano asslgn rbe lmage ar rbe same rlme.
|| rbe orange-|rameo vlew olsappears |rom rbe screen as a resulr o|
scrolllng, a small square ln rbe upper rlgbr o| rbe lmage lnolcares rbls by
way o| warnlng rbar rbe large lmage ooes nor correspono ro rbe acrlve
vlew ln rbe rlgbr-bano rblro o| rbe screen.
9 Eamlnarlon workllsr wlrb an eamlnarlon |oloer olsplayeo (7)
10 |n|ormarlon on rbe selecreo parlenr
11 Toolbar |or lmage processlng ano |or lmage ln|ormarlon. You wlll |lno
rbe rools |or lmage processlng ln cbaprer 10.4
9.3 Exanination procedure Overview
You will find the individual steps involved in examinations with cas-
settes in chapter 9.4.1 to chapter 9.4.4.
You are in the Patient list and have selected a patient.
Examination
Select Examination section (quick select).
The Examination section appears.
The first type of examination (A) is open, the first view (B) is
selected and the background is blue.
A
B
The PCR system supports many possible examination proce-

dures. Choose the most efficient one for your purposes.
Once you have taken all views and performed all types of exami-
nation for the selected patient, you can complete the examination.
Complete
Complete the examination
Exposures are saved, printed and archived if so configured.

A message is sent to RIS.
You return to the Patient list.

indicate completion. If examinations are still outstanding, an
hourglass appears.
For the next patient, continue with the first step.

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Exanination procedure Overview 9.3
The following diagram shows an example of two individual steps (A,
B). It begins with the quick selection of the Examination section as in
step 1. Follow the black arrow through the individual steps. The dashed
arrow shows the change on the operators console.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
9.3 Exanination procedure Overview
Complete
Examination
1
1
1
2
2
2
A
BB
A
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Exanination procedure Overview 9.3
9.4 Exanination steps in detail
9.4.1 Assigning cassettes
The cassettes are generally assigned to the patient using a barcode reader.
With one-console systems and the plate readers, it is possible to work
without a barcode reader.
Assignment with barcode reader
The system manager can configure this mode. You have selected a pa-
tient and are in the Examination section.
The first view of the examination type is selected and the back-
ground is blue:
Assign image plate with the barcode reader.
The barcode symbol appears.
The next view is automatically selected.

A
To select a different view as the next standard view, click on the

view you want.
The background of the new view turns blue.
Make exposures on image plates, read out image plates on the

plate reader, and only then assign the next image plate with the
barcode reader
or
Repeat the first step until image plates have been assigned to all
the scheduled patient exposures.
If the barcode reader is not working, see the appendix for a solution
(chapter 16.2).
Assignment without barcode reader
You have selected a patient and are in the Examination section.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
The first view of the examination type is selected and the back-
ground is blue:
Slide the cassette with the exposed plate into the plate reader.
The read-out image is assigned to the patient and appears on

the screen.
9.4.2 Reading out inage plates on the plate reader
For information on this, see chapter 6.1.1 or chapter 6.2.3.
Once an exposure has been read out, it appears on the screen in the
Examination section.
When you have read out all the patients exposures, continue with
the next chapter.
Deactivate automatic confirmation
Your system may be set to automatically confirm exposures. In this case,
every exposure is automatically archived or saved after readout. If you
would like to retain the possibility of editing images before saving or
printing them, proceed as follows:
During readout, click on the image.
Automatic confirmation is switched off.
Automatic confirmation of this exposure is not active ap-

pears in the field for system messages.
After editing, you can confirm the image with . The image is au-
tomatically printed and saved as normal.
9.4.3 Checking inage quality on the operator's console
The patient has been X-rayed. You have inserted the cassettes to be read
out into the plate reader. This chapter tells you how you can check the
image quality of the exposures and what ways there are of further im-
proving image quality.
The exposure is scanned from the image plate and appears on the
screen:
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Exanination steps in detail 9.4
A
As soon as the exposure is read out, it appears as a thumbnail (B) instead
of the barcode and has an orange frame. This indicates that it is precisely
this image that is maximized.
B
Check whether the image quality matches your expectations, e.g.:
Right view? Rotation or flipping necessary?
Do parts of the exposure have to be cropped?
Contrast and brightness
Should the exposure be annotated?

To improve image quality, the following image processing tools
are at your disposal. For further information on the image proc-
essing tools, see chapter .
If the image quality of the exposure is suitable for diagnosis, you

can confirm the image quality.
Confirm image quality

If the image quality is not suitable for diagnosis, you can edit the
exposure with the image processing tools.
If, despite the processing options, the exposure is not suitable for
diagnosis and cannot be improved, you can reject the exposure.
Reject image quality of the exposure; you can give a reason.
You can then repeat the exposure.
Repeat the first three steps for all other patient exposures.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
9.4.4 Exporting exposures, printing and conpleting the
exanination
Customer Service can program the functions Save and AutoPrint.
The images are exported to a connected PACS system to be saved.
Check whether exposures are designated for saving.
Exposure is designated for saving: symbol (A) appears

A
or
Exposure is not designated for saving: no symbol.

If Save is not activated:
Turn on Save function.
LED lights up green.
The Save symbol appears:
Check whether exposures are designated for AutoPrint.
Exposure is designated for AutoPrint: symbol (A) appears

A
or
Exposure is not designated for AutoPrint: no symbol.

If AutoPrint is not activated:
Turn on AutoPrint function.
LED lights up green.
The AutoPrint symbol appears
Now you have 2 options:
Prepare exposure for printing and print (see chapter 11)

or
Complete
Finish the examination.
Exposures are saved once Save is activated and printed once

AutoPrint is activated.
The Patient list appears.

indicate completion.
For the next patient, continue with the first step in chapter 9.3.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

Alwoys octvote AutoSove ( you ore not prntng oll exposures on (lms (or
permonent orchvngl
AutoSove s con(gured to outomotcolly sove exposures to PACS.
l( AutoSove s not octvoted, the exposures ore not soved outomotcolly ond
you moy lose doto.
l( you orchve oll exposures on (lms, you do not hove to octvote the AutoSove
(uncton.
WARNlNG

Alwoys octvote AutoPrnt ( you do not wont to orchve oll exposures n PACSl
l( AutoPrnt s not octvoted, the exposures ore not prnted outomotcolly ond
you moy lose doto.
l( you orchve oll exposures n PACS, you do not hove to octvote the AutoPrnt
(uncton.
WARNlNG

l( necessory con(rmed exomnotons con be deleted outomotcolly by the

system ot ony tme. Servce con nstoll de(oult protectons, but there s olwoys
o compromse necessory between (ree copocty ond exposures whch hove to
be protected ogonst deletng.
Durng system operoton (e.g. so(twore updote) loss o( oll exposures s olwoys
possble. Thus you olwoys should sove exposures ether to PACS or prnt them
on (lms.
WARNlNG
9.4.5 Making nore than one exposure with the sane view
The procedure is the same as for two or more separate views, the only
difference being that you must first of all open the view. You can reassign
a view that has already been done or assigned; this then gives you two
views.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
9.5 Workflow control
Buttons for routine workflow
Button Meaning
Reser all cbanges by all lmage processlng rools ro rbe orlglnal
srare.
Save: acrlvare/oeacrlvare auromarlc save
Wben auromarlc save ls acrlve, rbe LED symbol llgbrs up green,
a corresponolng symbol appears besloe rbe eposure.
Tbe symbol bas rbe |ollowlng meanlng:
Tbe lmage ls oeslgnareo |or auromarlc eporr. Once you con-
|lrm rbe lmage or complere rbe eamlnarlon, lr ls eporreo. Up
ro rbar polnr you can oeacrlvare rbe oeslgnarlon.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Button Meaning
Prlnr: acrlvare/oeacrlvare auromarlc prlnr
Wben auromarlc prlnr ls acrlve, rbe LED symbol llgbrs up
green, a corresponolng symbol appears besloe rbe eposure.
Tbe symbol bas rbe |ollowlng meanlng:
Tbe lmage ls oeslgnareo |or auromarlc prlnrlng wlrb or

wlrbour |lnal lnspecrlon. You can see lr bere ano, l| you
wlsb, you can srop rbe prlnr job, as long as lr bas nor yer
been prlnreo.
Tbe lmage was placeo manually on a |llm, you cannor re-

verse rbls.
Rejecr lmage quallry
Tbe eposure ls unsulrable |or olagnosls: a new eposure ls
necessary.
Con|lrm lmage quallry
Tbe eposure ls sulrable |or olagnosls.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Workflow control 9.5
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Table of Contents
10 Review inage processing ............................ 10-3
10.1 The Review section ......................................................... 10-3
10.2 Exporting Images to an External DICOM Destination
......................................................................................... 10-5
10.3 Image processing tool functions ...................................... 10-5
10.4 Individual image processing tools .................................... 10-6
10.4.1 Calling up image processing tools ..................... 10-6
10.4.2 Setting Contrast and Brightness ....................... 10-7
10.4.3 Setting image processing protocols ................... 10-8
10.4.4 Setting image processing parameters ................. 10-9
10.4.5 Rotating and Flipping an Image ..................... 10-11
10.4.6 Annotating an image ...................................... 10-11
10.4.7 Shutter Function ............................................ 10-12
10.4.8 Scaling ........................................................... 10-15
10.4.9 Moving images between examinations ............ 10-16
10.4.10 Stitching ........................................................ 10-17
10.4.11 Measurements ................................................ 10-23
10.4.12 Resetting image .............................................. 10-24
10.4.13 Customizing image processing tools ............... 10-24
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Table of Contents
10 Review inage processing
10.1 The Review section
Here you have easy direct access to all the images in the image memory
for the selected patient. The Review section offers advanced image
processing tools for checking image quality and for exporting images to
an archive.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1 Revlew lmage processlng 10-3
1
2
3
4
8
5
6
7
No. Meaning
1 Dlsplay o| rbe selecreo lmage / vlew
2 Eposure ano eamlnarlon ln|ormarlon
3 Srore selecreo vlew / rype o| eamlnarlon ln rbe arcblve.
4 Complere all vlews ano rypes o| eamlnarlon.
5 Scroll rbrougb rbe lmage memory.
6 |mage memory, conralns all rbe selecreo parlenr's eposures.
7 Tools |or lmage processlng (see cbaprer |mage processlng rool |unc-
rlons on page 10-5)
You use the image processing tools when you have already made an
exposure and want to edit it.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
10.1 The Review section
10-4 Revlew lmage processlng PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1
10.2 Exporting lnages to an External DlCOM
Destination
Button/
Text
Meaning
Desrlna-
rlon
Eporr oesrlnarlon
- All con|lgureo D|COM nooes- CD (oprlonal)
Scope Scope o| rbe lmages ro be eporreo:
- All
- Selecrlon
Save selecreo lmages |or Cusromer Servlce ln "servlce area". || re-
qulreo, you can also save rbe raw lmage wlrb lr.
Eporr now.
Close eporr |uncrlon.
10.3 lnage processing tool functions
You can do the following with the image processing tools:
Change contrast and brightness,
Rotate and flip exposures,
Annotate exposures,
Crop parts of the exposure,
Set image processing protocols,
Set image processing parameters,
Move images,
Enlarge images and
Stitch images.
The functioning of each tool is explained in the following chapters:
Calling up image processing tools, chapter 10.4.1
Setting contrast and brightness, chapter 10.4.2

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Exporting lnages to an External DlCOM Destination 10.2
Setting image processing protocols, chapter 10.4.3
Setting image processing parameters, chapter 10.4.4
Rotating and flipping an image, chapter 10.4.5
Annotating an image, chapter 10.4.6
Shutter function, chapter 10.4.7
Scaling, chapter 10.4.8
Moving an image, chapter 10.4.9
Stitching (option), chapter 10.4.10,
Measurements, chapter 10.4.11
Resetting an image chapter 10.4.12.

If you cannot find an image processing tool in the image processing bar,
you can call it up via the function button Call up and customize image
processing tools. In addition, you can customize the image processing
bar to your requirements via this function button. For further infor-
mation on this, see chapter 10.4.1 et seq.
10.4 lndividual inage processing tools
10.4.1 Calling up inage processing tools
Depending on the configuration, this function may only be available to
the administrator.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Call up all image processing tools.

Select tool to use.
Press "Customize" to customize your toolbar.

10.4.2 5etting Contrast and Brightness
Here you can find the following tools:
Button/dis-
play
Meaning
Elr rool (accepr cbanges).
8rlgbrness o| olsplayeo lmage.
Conrrasr o| olsplayeo lmage.
8rlgbrer,
Also posslble on rbe roucb monlror, uslng your |lnger (move
upwaro).
Darker,
Also posslble on rbe roucb monlror, uslng your |lnger (move
oownwaro).
|ncrease conrrasr,
Also posslble on rbe roucb monlror, uslng your |lnger (move ro
rlgbr).
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
lndividual inage processing tools 10.4
Button/dis-
play
Meaning
Reouce conrrasr,
Also posslble on rbe roucb monlror, uslng your |lnger (move ro
le|r).
|nverr lmage (only olsplay, ooes nor a||ecr prlnr or eporr).
Reser cbanges ro orlglnal srare.
Cancel cbanges ano elr rool.
You can change contrast and brightness in the image itself on the mon-
itor using your finger or using the mouse:
Using the mouse:
Click on the image and keep mouse button pressed.
Change contrast: Move mouse horizontally.

Change brightness: Move mouse vertically.
Confirm or reset the changes using the function buttons.
Using your finger:
Touch screen.
Change contrast: Move finger horizontally.

Change brightness: Move finger vertically.

10.4.3 5etting inage processing protocols

Ior the system monoger onlyl
The ncorrect use o( moge processng (unctons con gve rse to ort(octs n the
moge. lmoge n(ormoton o( relevonce to dognoss moy be suppressed or ms-
represented. You should hove expert knowledge o( dgtol moge processng to
chonge preset processng protocol porometers.
DANGER
Image processing protocols are parameter sets for processing raw image
data into images with diagnostic capability. Every protocol is optimized
for a specific part of the body. To make them easier to find, the protocols
are sorted by body region.
On the PCR system, you can choose from the processing techniques
UNIQUE, UM (Unsharp Masking) and DRR (Dynamic Range
Reconstruction). Philips recommends UNIQUE.
It is defined during installation or user-specific configuration of the
PCR system with which technique the views are processed. In the case
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
of PCR images you can subsequently change the processing technique
or in the case of special exposures, assign user-defined image processing
protocols using the tools.
3
4
2
1
Using the arrow buttons (3) you can select both the processing techni-
ques (1) and the body regions (2).
Once you have selected a processing technique and a body region, Table
(4) shows you the available image processing protocols. The background
of the selected image processing protocol turns blue.
No. Meaning
1 Dlsplay o| rbe selecreo processlng paramerers
2 Dlsplay o| rbe selecreo booy reglon
3 Uslng rbe arrows, open rbe menu ro selecr rbe processlng paramerers
ano rbe booy reglons.
You can selecr rbe |ollowlng processlng prorocols:
You can selecr rbe |ollowlng booy reglons:

10.4.4 5etting inage processing paraneters

Ior the odmnstrotor onlyl
The ncorrect use o( moge processng (unctons con gve rse to ort(octs n the
moge. lmoge n(ormoton o( relevonce to dognoss moy be suppressed or ms-
represented. You should hove expert knowledge o( dgtol moge processng to
chonge preset processng protocol porometers.
DANGER
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Using the image processing parameters, you can generate image proc-
essing protocols or customize them to your needs.
4
5
2
1
3
No. Meaning
1 Dlsplay selecreo lmage processlng paramerer ln rbe eample: UN|QUE.
2 Dlsplay Ranger lmage processlng paramerer.
3 Ser conrrasr ano brlgbrness.
4 Save cbanges ro lmage processlng paramerers
Tbe |ollowlng appears:
Enrer new name o| your cbooslng ano selecr booy reglon ro wblcb rbe
new paramerer (= preser) ls ro apply.
Con|lrm wlrb OK.
5 Open aovanceo lmage processlng paramerers.

NOTE
Ior (urther n(ormoton on moge processng, re(er to the Applcoton Gude,
whch you ore gven o(ter tronng by on opplcoton specolst.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
10.4.5 Rotating and Flipping an lnage
Button/dis-
play
Meaning
Elr rool (accepr cbanges).
Rorarlon angle
Rorare lmage 90 clockwlse.
Rorare lmage 90 counrerclockwlse.
Rorare lmage 180.
Fllp lmage on rbe verrlcal als. A warnlng symbol appears ln rbe
borrom llne.
Cancel cbanges ano elr rool.

10.4.6 Annotating an inage
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Button Meaning
Poslrlon L
Poslrlon R
Enrer |ree
rer
Enrer rer.
Press Enrer.
Tbe rer appears ln rbe cenrer o| rbe lmage.
Or
Cllck on preoe|lneo rer.
Tbe rer appears ln rbe cenrer o| rbe lmage.
You can move rbe rer anywbere ln rbe lmage uslng rbe
mouse.
(Tbe aomlnlsrraror can preoe|lne rers.)
Fonr slze Cbange |onr slze
Remove slngle lrem
Delere all rer
Wrlre all lmage processlng paramerers on lmage (|or rbe ao-
mlnlsrraror only).
For Cusromer Servlce only.
10.4.7 5hutter Function
You can change the following:
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Button Meaning
Automatic polygon shutter
Wben srarreo, rbere ls an auromarlc suggesrlon on sburrer po-
slrlons, wblcb you may cbange rben.
Areas o| rbe lmage are auromarlcally croppeo. Tbe sburrer au-
romarlcally oerecrs blank areas causeo by rbe leao. |n mosr cases,
you oo nor bave ro posrprocess manually.
Tbe auromarlc sburrer bas a polygon |ormar. As sucb, lr oerecrs
borb obllque ano lrregular colllmarlons wlrb more rban 4 sloes.
Before the automatic shutter is turned on
After the automatic shutter is turned on
Turn off shutter function
All sburrers are reser. You see rbe eposure wlrbour rbe sbur-
rer.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Button Meaning
Automatic rectangular shutter
Tbere ls an auromarlc suggesrlon on recrangular sburrer posl-
rlons.
To cbange, cllck on rbe bounoary o| rbe sloe you wanr ro move.
|r rurns reo. Now orag rbe bounoary llne ro wbere you wanr lr
or cllck on rbe place you wanr.
Do rbls wlrb all rbe sloes you wanr ro cbange.
Ranging (region of interest)
For lmage processlng, lr ls lmporranr ro loenrl|y rbe reglon o|
rbe lmage wblcb ls relevanr |or olagnosls. Normally, rbe sysrem
uses rbe elecrronlc sburrers |or loenrl|lcarlon o| rbe reglon o|
lnreresr. Tbls reglon ls rbe basls |or success|ul ranglng. Ranglng
oprlmally olsplays rbe gray sbaoes, wblcb are lmporranr |or ol-
agnosls.
- Funcrlon nor acrlve:
A cbange ro rbe elecrronlc sburrers ooes nor a||ecr ranglng.
- Funcrlon acrlve:
A cbange ro rbe elecrronlc sburrers a||ecrs ranglng ln sucb a way
rbar only rbe vlslble reglon ls oprlmally olsplayeo.
Tbls |uncrlon can be useo, |or eample, wben rbere ls meral ln
rbe lmage, ro only selecr parrs rbar are relevanr |or olagnosls as
rbe basls |or lmage processlng.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

10.4.8 5caling
This function does not affect the exported or printed image.
Here you will find the following tools:
Button/dis-
play
Meaning
Swlrcb o|| rool ano save cbanges.
Slze o| rbe olsplayeo lmage ln relarlon ro lrs slze on rbe lmage
plare.
Scale lmage ro rbe sburrers.
Tbe colllmareo area ls scaleo ro screen slze.
Dlsplay enrlre lmage.
Any lmage blgger rban "Full lmage" can be moveo wlrbln rbe
wlnoow uslng rbe mouse or uslng your |lnger on-screen.
Dlsplay lmage 100.
Dlsplay lmage ln 100 plel slze (1 lmage plel corresponos ro
1 screen plel).
Magnl|y lmage.
Reouce lmage.
Reglon o| lnreresr:
Cllck on reglon o| lnreresr ln rbe lmage, rbe lmage wlll be ols-
playeo ln 100 plel slze.
Cancel cbanges ano swlrcb o|| rool.
You can move the image using the mouse or using your finger on the
screen direct.
Using your finger:
Touch screen and move image.
Using the mouse:
Click on the image with the left mouse button, keeping it pressed.
Move image.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
10.4.9 Moving inages between exaninations
This function is only active in the Examination section.
The system supports moving an image from one view to another if you
have incorrectly assigned the barcode for the exposure on the plate cas-
sette, and did not realise your mistake until later.
If you realise your mistake before reading out the plate cassette, you can
reassign it using the barcode reader; if you do so, it is not necessary to
move the images afterwards.
In principle, this tool works in the same way as cut, copy and paste in
other software programs.
The following applies :
The destination may be in the same or another examination or even

that of a different patient.
If the image to be moved has been rejected or has not yet been con-
firmed, it will be deleted in the source and stored in the destination
to which it is moved.
If the image has been confirmed, the original image will be copied
and the copy stored in the destination. The original image will be
marked to indicate that the image has been moved.
For safety reasons, when moved, all user changes will be deleted from
the image, and the destination view settings applied to the image,
e.g. rotated, flipped and collimated.
Moving an image from one examination to another on the same
patient
Examination
Select Examination section.
Select the image to be moved; it will be given an orange frame.
Select the destination, which may be another view or another

examination on the patient. It will be highlighted in blue.
Select "Move image".

Select
Click on this
Move
Click on this;
if you select "No" in the following confirmation prompt, you
cancel the procedure.
Yes
Confirm image movement.
Close
Exit the operation.
Moving an image from one patient's examination to that of another
patient
Examination
Select the image to be moved; it will be given an orange frame.

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

Select
Click on this
Patient list
Select Patient List section.
Select the patient to whom the image is to be moved.

Examination
Select the destination, which may be another view or another

examination on the patient. It will be highlighted in blue.
Confirm the prompt.

Move
Click on this;
if you select "No" in the following confirmation prompt, you
cancel the procedure.
Yes
Confirm image movement.
Close
Exit the operation.
10.4.10 5titching
10.4.10.1 What is 5titching!
The system supports the automatic and manual joining of several images
to produce one large image, e.g. for long leg or full spine examinations.
You can program stitching views for two or three cassettes. These can
be identified by the subdivision of the view into "Top" and "Bottom"
or "Top", "Middle" and "Bottom".
Example:
= +
For stitching you need the following accessories:
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
10.4.10.2 5titching Accessories
For Stitching, Philips offers double and triple cassettes of different sizes.
In these special cassettes the image plates overlap so that an entire image
can be created without gaps between the parts of the exposure.
A
1
2
4
4
3
5
7
8
2 1 3
5
6
7
8
7
9
10
6
TO P
B O T T O M
B
A
TO P
B
B O T T O M
No. Meaning
A Fronr
8 Rear
Double cassette
1 Green mark
2 8arcooe wlnoow
3 Locklng mecbanlsm
4 Rear llo
5 8urron |or |llng rbe plare ln place
6 Closure
7 Warnlng
8 Formar lnolcaror
Triple cassette
9 Warnlngs
10 Llnklng rall
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
10.4.10.3 Perforning a 5titching Exanination
1
2
Fig. 10.1 Stitching view (Example)
No. Meaning
1 vlew wlrb 2 plares
2 vlew wlrb 3 plares
Examination
Correctly position a double or triple format cassette according to

the marks "top", "middle" and "bottom"
Make the exposure.
Select view.
Link all plates at the correct point using the barcode reader.
Read out all plates.

After each plate has been read out the partial image appears first;
once the last plate has been read out, the system automatically
tries to stitch the images together. After a few seconds the stitched
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
image appears in the examination folder and in the view.
1
2
Philips recommends to carefully check the quality of the automatically
stitched image; in particular at the cut edges. For this reason, even if
automatic image confirmation is programmed, it is not activated for
Stitching exposures.
If no suitable images are available for the Stitching examination (for
example because the barcode was incorrectly linked), you may not be
able to finish the examination until you have moved the read-out images
to other, suitable examinations using the "Move image" tool (see chapter
Moving images between examinations on page 10-16).
10.4.10.4 The tools
Button/dis-
play
Meaning
Srlrcb lmages auromarlcally.
Fl rwo parrlal lmages ar a polnr ("pln"). 8y oolng so, you specl|y
rbe plvor polnr.
Mark parrlal lmages wlrb orlenrarlon polnrs.
8rlng orlenrarlon polnrs lnro llne.
8lock borlzonral movemenr.
8lock verrlcal movemenr.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Button/dis-
play
Meaning
Rorare lmage counrerclockwlse arouno rbe "pln".
Move lmage upwaro.
Rorare lmage clockwlse arouno rbe "pln".
Move lmage ro rbe le|r.
Move lmage oownwaro.
Move lmage ro rbe rlgbr.
Swlrcb berween cur eoges (only l| you bave rbree lmages).
Sbow all cur eoges.
Sbow one cur eoge.
Sbow lmage ln "plel ro plel" slze
Swlrcb berween cur eoges (only l| you bave rbree lmages).
Mark overlap.
Smoorb lmage eoge (|or sysrem manager only).
Marcb brlgbrness o| rbe rwo parrlal lmages (|or sysrem manager
only).
|ncrease conrrasr |or berrer orlenrarlon.
Ser rransparency.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
10.4.10.5 5titching inages autonatically
When all the images for a view have been read out, the system tries to
stitch them automatically. For this, the view is closed. If automatic
stitching is successful, a new view is generated with the resulting image.
Example
= +
You can edit this image in exactly the same way as each individual image.
10.4.10.6 5titching inages nanually
Automatic stitching may fail if the system cannot find enough reference
points in the individual images for reliable stitching. If this happens, the
individual images must be stitched manually.
Please note:
Brightness, contrast and processing of the individual images do not

affect the resulting image; it is made out of the raw data and then
automatically optimally processed in the form of a complete image.
You may therefore change the individual images before stitching so
that you will be able to stitch them optimally.
When stitching, you always move the bottom image. When working
with three images and "grabbing" the top cut edge, always move the
bottom two images as a unit.
The individual images are assembled to form a final image when you
quit the function with OK. This new image will be added to the
examination as a new view.
You can edit this image in exactly the same way as each individual
image.
Proceed as follows:
Select partial image. It will be given an orange frame and will be

maximized.
Select stitching.
The two or three partial images appear as an (as yet unfinished)
assembled image
Assemble the images using the provided tools.

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
If you are not happy with the result after applying a tool, you
can restore the original setup by pressing "Reset".
Use "Cancel" to cancel stitching.

OK
Confirm stitching once you are happy with the preview image.
10.4.11 Measurenents
Button Meaning
Callbrarlon
Acrlvare callbrarlon.
A rule wlrb measuremenrs markeo o|| appears.
Poslrlon rbe rule ano enrer on rbe rlgbr rbe value sbown.
Press rbe Enrer burron.
Use the calibration only if you know the proportions
in the inage, e.g. using a lead ruler. Otherwise you
will get false neasurenents. After calibration, all
ruler or distance sizes are related to the dinension
defined here, not to the absolute size of the inage
on the inage plate.
Swlrcb o|| callbrarlon.
Aoo/Delere a
measuremenr
Generare ruler.
Generare olsrance.
Generare angle.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Button Meaning
Generare open angle.
Calculare raw plel values lnsloe a square:
mo=meolan
av=average
so=sranoaro oevlarlon
slze=eoge lengrb ln plels
Cobbs angle | (oprlon)
Cobbs angle || (oprlon)
Delere selecreo elemenrs.
Delere all elemenrs.
10.4.12 Resetting inage
Reset image processing to default:
scale to original size
rotate to predefined rotation
delete all annotations
delete all measuring marks
cancel all brightness and contrast changes
cancel all collimation changes.
delete calibration
reset to predefined image processing.

10.4.13 Custonizing inage processing tools
This function is only available for the administrator.
Customize
Click on Customize; you can customize the image processing
tools in the toolbar as you need them.
The background of the button turns blue and the tool

changes:
Select tool or function you want.
The background of the button turns blue:

1
Click on the place in the toolbar where you want to put the tool
or function (1).
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
The selected tool appears in the toolbar (2) in the chosen

place:
2
Removing an image processing tool
If you want to remove an image processing tool from the image proc-
essing toolbar, replace the tool with the blank button:
Click on the blank button.
The background of the button turns blue:

1
Then click on that place of the toolbar where you want to insert
the tool or the function (1).
The selected tool is removed (2):

2
For example, you can also use this function to restrict the availability of
the function to "for the administrator only".
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Table of Contents
11 Print ............................................................... 11-3
11.1 Overview ......................................................................... 11-3
11.1.1 The Print Section ............................................. 11-3
11.1.2 The Patient Information Window .................... 11-5
11.1.3 The Image Memory ......................................... 11-5
11.1.4 The Preview Window ....................................... 11-5
11.1.5 The template editor .......................................... 11-8
11.1.6 The Text Box Editor ...................................... 11-11
11.1.7 Activating Print Section ................................. 11-13
11.1.8 Editing Images and Viewports ........................ 11-14
11.1.9 The Tools for Free Composing ...................... 11-15
11.1.10 Extras ............................................................. 11-16
11.1.11 Using the template editor ............................... 11-17
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Table of Contents
11 Print
11.1 Overview
11.1.1 The Print 5ection
In the Print section you have easy and direct access to all the images in
the selected patients image memory. You can select print and film pa-
rameters, and lay out images on preformatted print templates and
manipulate them.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1 Prlnr 11-3
1
2 3 4 5 6
7
8
12
11
9
10
No. Meaning
1 Fllm prevlew ano layour area
2 Selecr |llm / paper slze
3 Selecr |llm / paper |ormar
4 Selecr |llm / paper rype
5 Selecr prlnr remplare
6 Selecr prlnrer
7 Accepr cbanges
8 Scroll rbrougb rbe lmage memory.
9 Tools |or |llm annorarlon ano processlng
10 |mage memory
11 Tools |or lmage banollng
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
11.1 Overview
11-4 Prlnr PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1
11.1.2 The Patient lnfornation Window
It shows
Patient name
Patient ID
Date of birth
The information relates to the active image in the memory and is only
displayed if stored. The information shown in the window changes if
you select another image.
11.1.3 The lnage Menory
It shows all a patients images. If there are more images than can be
shown, you can scroll through them.
11.1.4 The Preview Window
It shows the layout of the current image.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Overview 11.1
The menu bar
It shows the current film and printer settings. You can change the layout
with the following options:
Button Meaning
Selecr slze o| meolum.
Selecr |ormar o| meolum (porrralr/lanoscape).
Selecr rype o| meolum.
Selecr remplare (preser or user-oe|lneo).
Selecr prlnrer.
The printer bar
Button Meaning
2 o| 3 Counrer, sbows
rbe page number o| rbe prevlew
rbe numbers o| rbe currenr pages ln rbe composer.

Prlnr |llm.
Prlnr more rban one |llm.
Aoo |llm.
Delere |llm.
Delere selecreo elemenr |rom rbe prevlew page, only acrlve l|
rbe selecreo elemenr can be oelereo.
Go ro ner page, only acrlve l| rbere are rwo or more pages ln
rbe composer.
Go ro prevlous page, only acrlve l| rbere are rwo or more pages
ln rbe composer.
Reouce lmage by 1.
Magnl|y lmage by 1.
Reouce lmage by 5.
Magnl|y lmage by 5.
Flr lmage ln |rame.
Sbow lmage 100.
Apply same
scale
Use rbe same scale |or all lmages on rbe |llm.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
11.1 Overview
Button Meaning
Llnk lmages Applles cbanges on one lmage ro all lmages.
Scallng value
Scale lmage.
Move lmage up ro le|r.
Move lmage up.
Move lmage up ro rlgbr.
Move lmage le|r.
Cenrer lmage.
Move lmage rlgbr.
Move lmage oown ro le|r.
Move lmage oown.
Move lmage oown ro rlgbr.
Rorare lmage 90.
Rorare lmage -90.
Rerurn lmage ro orlglnal srare.
Erras Open rbe remplare eolror.
Eolr remplares.
Sbow reglon o| lnreresr.
Move lmage lnro rop le|r corner.
Move lmage up ro rop boroer.
Move lmage lnro rop rlgbr corner.
Move lmage ro le|r boroer.
Cenrer lmage.
Move lmage ro rlgbr boroer.
Move lmage lnro borrom le|r corner.
Move lmage oown ro borrom boroer.
Move lmage lnro borrom rlgbr corner.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Overview 11.1
11.1.5 The tenplate editor
To open the template editor:
Extras
Click on this
Click on this
Click on image;
the template editor appears.
Fig. 11.1 Template editor
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
11.1 Overview
Button Meaning

+
Sbows rbe geomerrlc oara o| rbe remplare eolror layour.
Tbe values are ln 1/1000 lncremenrs o| rbe prlnr meolum |ormar.
Cbange: alrernare berween porrralr ano lanoscape
Top boroer: olsrance berween lmage ano rop boroer
Le|r boroer: olsrance berween lmage ano le|r boroer
Rlgbr boroer: olsrance berween lmage ano rlgbr boroer
8orrom boroer: olsrance berween lmage ano borrom boroer
Horlzonral gap: olsrance berween rbe lmages ln lanoscape
verrlcal gap: olsrance berween rbe lmages ln porrralr
Mulrl-arrenoance bebavlor: nor acrlve wlrb PCR
Auro-Rorarlon: selecr remplare orlenrarlon (porrralr/lano-

scape)
Accepr: con|lrm cbanges
Cancel: cancel cbanges

Eolr remplare cbanges
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Overview 11.1
Button Meaning

+
or new vlew-
porr
Sbows rbe rer eolror
Tbe values are ln 1/1000 lncremenrs o| rbe vlewporr.
X-Pos: borlzonral poslrlonlng o| rbe upper le|r corner o| rbe

rer bo
Y-Pos: verrlcal poslrlonlng o| rbe upper le|r corner o| rbe

rer bo
Wlorb: wlorb o| rbe rer bo
Helgbr: belgbr o| rbe rer bo
Ter allgnmenr borlzonral: borlzonral poslrlonlng o| rbe rer

ln rbe rer bo
Ter allgnmenr verrlcal: verrlcal poslrlonlng o| rbe rer ln

rbe rer bo
Selecr SrrlngGroup: conralns a llsr o| all precon|lgureo D|-

COM oara groups
Prevlew: composlrlon o| rbe selecreo D|COM oara group
Accepr: con|lrm cbanges
Cancel: cancel cbanges

Cancel remplare cbanges
Close Close remplare eolror
Page-layours Dlsplays rbe posslble layours you can apply ro rbe |llm.
vlewporr-
layours
Dlsplays rbe posslble layours you can apply ro rbe selecreo vlew-
porr.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
11.1 Overview
Button Meaning
Apply selecreo layour ro rbe selecreo vlewporr.
For rbe sysrem manager only.
Cbange selecreo vlewporr.
Delere selecreo elemenr |rom rbe llsr.
Aoo cbange ro rbe llsr (save).
Creare new, empry layour.
Reouce all vlewporrs on rbe |llm verrlcally ano aoo a new vlew-
porr.
Reouce selecreo vlewporr verrlcally ano aoo a new vlewporr.
Reouce all vlewporrs on rbe |llm borlzonrally ano aoo a new
vlewporr.
Reouce area |or rbe selecreo vlewporr borlzonrally ano aoo a
new vlewporr.
|ncrease area |or rbe selecreo vlewporr rowaro rbe rop srep by
srep.
|ncrease area |or rbe selecreo vlewporr rowaro rbe borrom srep
by srep.
Reouce area |or rbe selecreo vlewporr |rom rbe rop srep by srep,
ro allow space |or rer oursloe rbe lmage.
Reouce rbe selecreo vlewporr |rom rbe borrom srep by srep, ro
allow space |or rer oursloe rbe lmage.
Magnl|y vlewporr, llne or rer bo o| an lmage area.
Reouce vlewporr, llne or rer bo o| an lmage area..
Magnl|y vlewporr, column or rer bo o| an lmage area.
Reouce vlewporr, column or rer bo o| an lmage area.
11.1.6 The Text Box Editor
Appears when you click on a text box in the template editor.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Overview 11.1
Button Meaning
Selecr more rban one rer bo.
Allgn rer boes ro rbe le|r.
Cenrer rer boes.
Allgn rer boes ro rbe rlgbr.
Merge rer boes.
Separare rer boes srep by srep.
Merge rer boes srep by srep.
Move rer bo rowaro rop le|r srep by srep, ln small
lncremenrs uslng Crrl key.
Move rer bo rowaro rop srep by srep, ln small lncre-
menrs uslng Crrl key.
Move rer bo rowaro rop rlgbr srep by srep, ln small
Move rer bo rowaro le|r srep by srep, ln small lncre-
menrs uslng Crrl key.
Move rer bo rowaro rlgbr srep by srep, ln small ln-
cremenrs uslng Crrl key.
Move rer bo rowaro borrom le|r srep by srep, ln small
Move rer bo rowaro borrom srep by srep, ln small
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
11.1 Overview
Button Meaning
Move rer bo rowaro borrom rlgbr srep by srep, ln
small lncremenrs uslng Crrl key.
Wben useo ln conjuncrlon wlrb one o| rbe 8 olrecrlon
keys, rbls burron places rbe rer bo ar rbe correspono-
lng boroer or ln rbe corresponolng corner.
11.1.7 Activating Print 5ection
Editing settings for a page
You can change the printer settings by selecting them from a selection
window in the menu bar. Some of the settings that are available depend
on which printer is selected (for example format, medium).
If more than one page is sent to the printer, you can edit each page
individually. You can move from page to page using Next and Back.
Configuring the printer for the current job
Click on this
A list of all available printers appears.
Select printer
Please note:
Your choice of printer influences the list of available print media
(size, orientation, type). The menu bar shows only the print me-
dia supported by the selected printer. This means that changing
the printer may change size, orientation and type if the previously
selected printer supported a print medium which the current
printer does not.
Setting the medium size
Click on this
A list of all available medium sizes appears; it depends on the

selected printer.
Select medium size

Please note:
Your choice of medium size influences the list of available orien-
tations and types. The menu bar shows only the print media
supported by the selected printer. This means that changing the
printer may change size, orientation and type if the previously
printer does not.
Setting the medium orientation
Click on this
A list of all available medium orientations appears; it depends

on the selected printer.
Select medium orientation

Please note:
Your choice of medium orientation influences the list of available
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Overview 11.1
sizes and types. The control bar shows only the print media sup-
ported by the selected printer. This means that changing the
printer may change size, orientation and type if the previously
printer does not.
Setting the medium type
Click on this
A list of all the available medium types appears; this list de-
pends on the selected printer.
Select medium type

Set template for one page
Click on this
A list of all the available templates appears; this list depends

on the selected medium orientation as templates are orienta-
tion-specific.
The following standard templates are available in portrait and
landscape:
1.00 in 1
2 in 1 line
2 in 1 column
4 in 1
Select template
11.1.8 Editing lnages and Viewports
Placing an image in a viewport
All images of a patient appear in the set of saved images. You can place
an image in the viewport by dragging and dropping:
Select image from the set of saved images by clicking on it
Click on the selected viewport

If the viewport is empty, the image is placed there.
If there is already an image in the viewport, it is replaced by the
new one.
If the old image was changed, this is applied to the new image.
Removing an image from the viewport
Select image from the viewport by clicking on it
The selected image is removed from the viewport.

Printing the image
If the preview is OK,
send it to the printer.

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
11.1 Overview
Now you can
compose a new page with the images on hand

or
exit the print menu.

11.1.9 The Tools for Free Conposing
The printer bar provides you with other print options.
Clicking on one of these buttons will open a submenu from which you
can select the function you want. Clicking the button again closes the
submenu.
Changing the image orientation
Open Image orientation submenu.

You can
rotate the image 90 to the left/right

or
undo rotation and flipping
Scaling the image
Open Scale image submenu.

Apply same
scale
Use the same scale for all images on the film

Link images
Applies changes on one image to all images
You can
reduce/magnify the image by 1%
reduce/magnify the image by 5%
change the image so that it fits the viewport exactly
display the image in original size
set a percentage.
Zooming on an image field
Zooming on an image field means moving the image as if under a mag-
nifying glass. This function is usually used on images that are larger than
the viewport.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Overview 11.1
Open Zoom image submenu.
You can
center (button in the middle) the visible part of the image or

move it 1% of the image size toward the
top left
top
top right
left,
right
bottom left
bottom
bottom right.
The default visible part of the image is top left.
Click on the image you wish to move.
Move image by clicking on one of the 9 direction buttons, until

it is in the position you want.
11.1.10 Extras
These functions are for changing templates and for displaying areas of
interest.
Extras
Open Extras submenu
You can
change the current template
Open the template editor

The current template appears.
Change template
You cannot save the changed template.
When you close the template editor, the changed template is

taken by the composer and applied to the current page.
If you select another template from the list of available tem-

plates in the composer, the changed template is temporarily
saved in the template selection window. As long as no print
job is sent with any template other than the temporary tem-
plate, it remains available in the template selection window
even for more than one page.
If you close the composer with End or print the current

page, the changed template is deleted.
If the temporary template applies for more than one page, it

is retained. You can print pages one after another with this
template. Once the last page is printed the temporary template
is deleted.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
11.1 Overview
Showing a region of interest.
This means that you select a rectangular area of the image which
has the same aspect ratio as the viewport. The image is then scaled
and modified so that the selected region fills the viewport exactly.
Maximum magnification is 500%.
Click on this
Draw a rectangle
The image is automatically modified.
11.1.11 Using the tenplate editor
Changing an existing template
Print settings
Call up composer function
Templates
Call up list of templates
Select template to be changed

Edit
Click on this
Unless the selected template is a read template, continue with

the step "Save changes" (see below).
If the selected template is a read template (you can tell this by

"*"), you cannot change it. Proceed as follows:
Duplicate
Duplicate template
Select duplicate
Edit
Open the template editor
The selected template appears (Example).
Change template
Close
Save changes
If you click on "Close" without saving the template, the template
will be deleted once you close the template editor.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Overview 11.1
Creating a new template
Print settings
Call up composer function
Templates
Call up list of templates
Add
Add a new template
A new standard "1 in 1" template is created and added to the list
of templates. You can edit this new template as described above.
Changing a template in the template editor
Please note:
Every template consists of the following elements:
One or more viewports
One or more text boxes for patient information
Annotations are not part of a template.
Templates are orientation-specific. This means that different tem-

plates apply for portrait and landscape media.
A portrait template can never be placed on a medium for landscape

and vice versa.
In the template editor, the template has a layout orientation; it can

be horizontal or vertical and is used for automatic layout when view-
ports are added or removed.
All dimensions and positions of a template are relative values and

relate to the format of the print medium selected later given in
1/1000.
Changing the layout orientation of a template
The selected layout orientation appears on the top right in the template
editor. You can only choose between "horizontal" and "vertical".
Page orientation
Change orientation
Changing template settings
Settings
Open the "Settings" window
A list of current settings appears.
You can
Change
Change the template orientation
The selected template orientation appears on the top right in the
template editor. You can only choose between "horizontal" and
"vertical".
Change template margins

The margin values define the area around the template, which are
not valid for the viewports. It often makes sense to leave a header
or footer free for text information. The values to be entered are
relative coordinates given in 1/1000 of the print medium for-
mat.
You define the template-edge distances by entering values for
top margin
left margin
right margin and
bottom margin.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
11.1 Overview
You define the vertical and horizontal spaces between two view-
ports by entering values for the
horizontal gap and the
vertical gap.
Accept
Confirm changes
or
Cancel
Undo changes and return to the previous values.
Viewports
A template is structured in lines and columns. Depending on the layout,
there are various options for adding a viewport to a template:
The first step is the same in all options:
Page orientation
If necessary, select the current layout orientation; "horizontal" or
"vertical"
Adding a column viewport
Select page by clicking on any spot on the page that is not also
an element of another page (viewport or text frame).
Add viewport
A new viewport is added at the top left of the template. The ex-
isting viewports are reduced so that all columns are the same
width.
Adding a line viewport
Select page by clicking on any spot on the page that is not also
an element of another page (viewport or text frame).
Add viewport
A new viewport is added at the top left of the template. The ex-
isting viewports are reduced so that all lines are the same width.
Adding a viewport to a column
Select the column to which the viewport is to be added by clicking

on any viewport in this column.
Add viewport
A new viewport is added to the top of the column; the column
width stays the same. The existing viewports in the selected col-
umn are reduced so that all viewports in this column are the same
height.
Adding a viewport to a line
Select the line to which the viewport is to be added by clicking

on any viewport in this line.
Add viewport
A new viewport is added to the line on the left of the column; the
column height stays the same. The existing viewports in the se-
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Overview 11.1
lected column are reduced so that all viewports in this line are the
same width.
Manually magnifying or reducing a viewport
Please note: The template editor is programmed to make optimal use
of the space on the print medium. This means, for example, that re-
ducing the viewport height automatically increases the height of the
viewports below it in that column.
The first step is the same in all options:
Page orientation
If necessary, select the current layout orientation; "horizontal" or
"vertical"
Changing the height of a viewport
This means keeping the top border where it is and moving the lower
border. The viewport below it changes to the same extent as a result of
the top border moving. It is only possible to change the height of indi-
vidual viewports within the columns.
Select the viewport whose height you want to change
Increase/decrease height.
The bottom border moves down/up.
Please note:
You cannot move the bottom border of the last viewport in a
column downward; you can only increase its height by making
the viewport above it smaller.
Changing the height of a line of viewports
This means changing the height of all viewports within a line at the same
time.
Select the line whose height you want to change
Increase/decrease height.
The bottom border of all viewports in the selected line moves
down/up.
Please note:
You cannot move the bottom border of the last line downward;
you can only increase its height by making the line above it small-
er.
Changing the width of a viewport
This means keeping the left border where it is and moving the right
border. The viewport to the right of it changes to the same extent; the
left border of it is moved. It is only possible to change the width of
individual viewports within the lines.
Select the viewport whose width you want to increase/decrease
Increase/decrease width.
The right border of the viewport moves to the right/left.
Please note:
The right border of the last viewport in a line cannot be moved
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
11.1 Overview
to the right; you can only increase its width by reducing the width
of the viewport to its left.
Changing the width of a column of viewports
This means changing the width of all viewports within a column at the
same time.
Select the column whose width you want to change
Increase/decrease width
The right border of all viewports in the selected column moves
to the right/ left.
Please note:
The right border of the last viewport in a column cannot be
moved to the right; you can only increase its width by reducing
the width of the viewport to its left.
Changing the reference number and calipers position of a viewport
All viewports in a template have a reference number which appears in
the preview. It defines the print sequence. All standard templates have
four calipers (one per side), which you can delete separately.
Select the viewport to be changed
Click on this
Select desired viewport number

The selected viewport swaps this number with the viewport which
had this number before
and/or
activate/deactivate calipers you want

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Overview 11.1
and/or
select image alignment

By putting the dot in the right place you can align the image as
follows:
aligned right/left
on the top/bottom border
in one of the four corners
centered.
Close
Close list
Deleting a viewport
(not possible with 1-to-1 templates)
Select viewport
Delete viewport
The viewport is deleted from the line/column. If it is the only one
in the line/column, then the line/column is also deleted.
Text box
Text boxes are text fields which are automatically filled in from a report
or a data set. They can be a page element or a viewport element.
Adding a text box to a template
Click on the page or viewport to which the text box is to be added
Add text box.
Define a text box with a rectangle (see above "Draw a rectangle").

Then the text box editor appears (see below "Adding a text box").
Accept
Confirm new text box
or
Cancel
Undo and return to the previous setting.
Deleting a text box from a template
Select text box
Delete text box

Adding a text box
Select text box
Edit text box

The text box editor appears. The numerical values are the ones
in the top left corner of the text box relative to the elements to
which they are added. This means that the coordinates of a text
box, which belongs to a viewport and lies outside it, are either
negative or larger than 1000.
You can change
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
11.1 Overview
the position of the text box ("x-Pos", "y-Pos")
the size of the text box ("width", "height")
the position of the text ("horizontal", "vertical")
the text ("select text block")

Accept
Confirm changes
or
Cancel
Undo changes and return to the previous setting.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Overview 11.1
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
11.1 Overview
Table of Contents
12 i5ite ................................................................ 12-3
12.1 What is iSite? .................................................................. 12-3
12.2 Log in ............................................................................. 12-4
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Table of Contents
12 i5ite
12.1 What is i5ite!
PCR Eleva supports direct access to a Philips iSite Web Server. So you
can display and process images of all patients available in iSite on the
operator's console.
Conditions for the use of iSite:
You have licenced access to an iSite Web Server (not part of PCR
Eleva).
The correct PACS configuration is installed on your computer.
The correct iSite Web application is installed on your computer.

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1 lSlre 12-3
12.2 Log in
Follow the iSite log-in procedure and note the following:
The iSite Auto Logout function is provided.
If you log out on PCR Eleva (including by Auto Logout) and log in
again, iSite access may still be open (unless you have been logged
out by iSite Auto Logout).
You will find more information on iSite in your iSite documentation.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
12.2 Log in
12-4 lSlre PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1
Table of Contents
13 5ysten adninistration and custonization
......................................................................... 13-3
13.1 The System section ......................................................... 13-3
13.2 Adjusting the touch screen .............................................. 13-8
13.2.1 Opening the setting screen ............................... 13-8
13.2.2 Brightness ........................................................ 13-8
13.2.3 Calibration ....................................................... 13-8
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Table of Contents
13 5ysten adninistration and
custonization
13.1 The 5ysten section
You will find all the customization functions and all service functions
in the System section. Functions not described here can be found in the
Application Guide.
You can turn off the PCR system under System; see chapter 5.2.

Certon (unctons moy be operoted by the system monoger only. Only use the
System secton when you wont to swtch o(( the PCR system or ( you hove been
troned to use ths (uncton.
WARNlNG
General
Logour User logour, sysrem remalns on.
Resrarr Sbur oown ano resrarr sysrem.
Elr Sbur oown ano rurn o|| sysrem.
Remore servlce access Enable/olsable remore servlce.
Servlce rool For Servlce only.
Worksrarlon oara |n|ormarlon abour rbe sysrem ano so|rware.
Llcense srarus |n|ormarlon abour rbe llcense srarus.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1 Sysrem aomlnlsrrarlon ano cusromlzarlon 13-3
Export queue
Walrlng ln queue [obs wblcb srlll bave ro be eporreo.
Success|ully senr [obs wblcb bave been success|ully eporreo.
Senolng |alleo [obs wblcb were aborreo or |alleo ro eporr.
Cancel Cancel job.
Reoo Reoo or cancel job.
Delere Delere job.
l Furrber ln|ormarlon abour rbe job.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
13-4 Sysrem aomlnlsrrarlon ano cusromlzarlon PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1
Print queue
Walrlng ln queue [obs wblcb srlll bave ro be prlnreo.
Success|ully senr [obs wblcb bave been success|ully prlnreo.
Senolng |alleo [obs wblcb were aborreo or |alleo ro prlnr.
Cancel Cancel job.
Reoo Reoo or cancel job.
Delere Delere job.
l Furrber ln|ormarlon abour rbe job.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
The 5ysten section 13.1
DicomMedia
Writing on nedia
Queue |or ner CD Llsr o| all senr jobs.
Reaoy |or wrlrlng || a blank CD ls lnserreo, rbls llsr wlll be |llleo
wlrb jobs.
Wrlrlng |alleo Llsr o| all jobs wblcb bave nor been success|ully
wrlrren.
Wrlre CD now.
Wrlre (only) rbls CD wlrb parlenr oara wblcb
bas been anonymlzeo.
Table of Contents Conrenrs o| rbe lnserreo D|COM CD.
Quality assurance
Monlror Ser ano callbrare monlror.
Prlnrer Selecr ano callbrare prlnrer.
Eporr Eporr oe|aulrs ano callbrarlon.
D|COM Meola Here you can ser wberber a senr prlnr job ls ro be wrlr-
ren ro CD lmmeolarely or a|rer a manual srarr.
|mage plare reaoer Clean plare reaoer.
Tesr lmages Loao ano manage resr lmages.
Rejecr analysls Analyze rejecreo lmages.
|mage plare srarlsrlcs |n|ormarlon abour rbe lmage plares.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Settings
User lnrer|ace

De|lne general |uncrlons |or rbe work|low.
De|lne rbe layour o| rbe eamlnarlon burrons.
De|lne lmage olsplay.
Turn vlrrual keyboaro on/o||.

Annorarlons Generare lmage annorarlons ano oe|lne rbelr slze.
Processlng prorocols Delere or cbange lmage processlng prorocols accorolng
ro ol||erenr sorrlng crlrerla.
Eporr oesrlnarlons Enrer eporr oesrlnarlons.
Prlnr oesrlnarlons Asslgn ol||erenr prlnr |ormars ro ol||erenr prlnrers.
Prlnr serrlngs Manage prlnr remplares.
EvA

Cbange work|low paramerers.
Cbange eamlnarlon paramerers.
Cbange R|S cooes.

8arcooe mooe Dlsconnecr rbe operaror's console |rom rbe Server l|
- rbe Server ls oown ano
- rbe operaror's console ls also rbe Reaoer Server.
Administration
Sysrem aomlnlsrrarlon Ser oare, rlme ano language.
User aomlnlsrrarlon Enrer user ano sysrem manager.
Logglng Ser rype o| log.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
The 5ysten section 13.1
13.2 Adjusting the touch screen
13.2.1 Opening the setting screen
Quality assurance
Select Perform calibration
Monitor
Select this
13.2.2 Brightness
Monitor
Select the touch screen (17" LCD Touch (ELO))
Viewing conditions
Select the ambient light in which the monitor is used (darkroom,
normal light, bright light, measured).
Apply
confirm changes
13.2.3 Calibration
You should always calibrate the monitor when the mouse pointer or the
monitors reactions to finger pressure do not correspond to the point
you have clicked or touched on the screen.
Touch screen
adjustment
Select this
Cross hairs appear at a point on the screen.
Touch it from the normal perspective.

Two more crossed hairlines appear one after another.
Touch them from the normal perspective also.

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Confirm your selection.

Perform calibration
Select this.
The monitor is calibrated.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Adjusting the touch screen 13.2
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Table of Contents
14 5ervice, cleaning, disposal ........................... 14-3
14.1 Service ............................................................................. 14-3
14.1.1 Safety Checks ................................................... 14-3
14.1.2 Repairs ............................................................. 14-4
14.1.3 Recording Results ............................................. 14-4
14.1.4 Obligations of the user ..................................... 14-4
14.2 Tests by the user .............................................................. 14-4
14.3 Cleaning .......................................................................... 14-5
14.3.1 Cleaning the System ......................................... 14-5
14.3.2 Cleaning the PCR plate reader ......................... 14-5
14.3.3 Cleaning the image plates ................................. 14-8
14.4 Disposal ........................................................................ 14-10
14.4.1 Recycling ....................................................... 14-10
14.4.2 RoHS requirements (China) .......................... 14-10
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Table of Contents
14 5ervice, cleaning, disposal
14.1 5ervice
14.1.1 5afety Checks
The safety checks relate to function and operational reliability. They
must be performed at least every 2 years. These checks constitute part
of preventive maintenance under service agreements from Philips. They
cover
Visual checking for completeness and apparent damage or defects as

well as soiling, sticking parts and wear and tear which may affect
safety;
Testing the monitoring, safety, display and indicating systems;
Measuring the safety-relevant output parameters;
Checking electrical safety (as per EN 62353) and the internal energy
supply;
For the particular product, other special technical tests according to

the generally accepted standards of engineering practice;
Other tests specified by the manufacturer;
Recording results and filing the test reports in the system manual
(medical products logbook).
Medical-technical systems contain mechanical components which are
subjected to wear and tear due to operation.
The correct setting of the electromechanical and electronic assemblies
affects the functioning, image quality, electrical safety and exposure of
the patient and medical personnel to radiation.
Philips recommends:
that the user perform the tests indicated in the table on a regular
basis.
that you have the device serviced by the Philips Service Organization
at least once a year. You must have heavily used equipment serviced
more frequently.
In this way you avoid endangering the patient and you meet your ob-
ligations.
A service agreement with Philips will retain the value and safety of your
equipment. All the necessary maintenance, including the safety tests for
preventing hazards, and the necessary adjustments for optimum image
quality and minimum exposure to radiation, are performed at regular
intervals. By mutual agreement between you and Philips, service inter-
vals can be scheduled according to your individual needs, taking into
account local legislation. P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1 Servlce, cleanlng, olsposal 14-3
14.1.2 Repairs

Ioulty components whch o((ect the so(ety o( the equpment must be reploced by
genune spore ports.
DANGER
14.1.3 Recording Results
Service and repairs must be entered in the medical products logbook,
including the following data:
type and scope of work,
if necessary, details of any changes to ratings or the working zone,
date, person performing the work, signature.

14.1.4 Obligations of the user
As with any technical appliance this equipment also requires
proper operation,
regular testing by the user,
regular service and repair.

By taking these precautions you maintain the operability and opera-
tional reliability of the equipment. As the user of this equipment you
are obliged according to accident prevention regulations, the medical
products law and other regulations to take such precautions.
Maintenance consists of tests which the user can perform and main-
tenance which is performed under service agreements, Philips service
orders or by persons explicitly authorized to do so by Philips.
14.2 Tests by the user
The user must check this device for apparent defects (see table). If op-
erational defects or other deviations from normal operational behavior
occur, he must switch off the device and inform the Service Organiza-
tion. He may only resume operation of the device after it has been
repaired. Operation using faulty components may lead to an increased
safety risk.
lnterval 5cope Method
Dally Faulry olsplay lamps, oamageo componenrs, la-
bels, warnlng slgns
|nspecrlon
Weekly All cables ano rermlnals (oamage, breakage) |nspecrlon
Monrbly Cleanlng rbe lmage plares Servlce
Every 3
monrbs
Cleanlng rbe plare reaoer (see rbe |ollowlng
secrlon)
Servlce P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
14.2 Tests by the user
14-4 Servlce, cleanlng, olsposal PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1
14.3 Cleaning
14.3.1 Cleaning the 5ysten
When selecting a detergent, please note:
You may only clean plastic surfaces with soap and water. If you use other
cleansers (for example with a high alcohol content), the material will
become dull or tend to crack. Never use any corrosive, solvent or abrasive
detergents or polishes.
When cleaning, please observe the following:
Before cleaning the equipment switch off at the mains.
Ensure that no water or liquid can enter the equipment. This will
prevent short-circuits in the electrical system and corrosion on com-
ponents.
You should wipe enameled parts and aluminium surfaces only with
a damp cloth and mild detergent and then rub with a dry, lint-free
cloth.
Rub down chrome parts with a dry, lint-free cloth only.

14.3.2 Cleaning the PCR plate reader
PCR Compano plate reader

NOTE
Turn o(( the plote reoder ot the mon swtch be(ore stortng cleonng.
Remove any dust from the outside of the plate reader approximately
every three months. First work with a vacuum cleaner and use a slightly
moist cloth for cleaning. Then remove any remaining moisture with a
dry cloth.
Take out the dust filter on the left side of the device in one piece together
with the filter cover. Afterwards remove the cover first of all and then
take out the filter insert. Clean it with a vacuum cleaner.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Cleaning 14.3
The PCR Corado, CosimaX and S Hi-res plate readers

NOTE
Remove any dust from the outside of the plate reader approximately
every three months. First work with a vacuum cleaner and use a slightly
moist cloth for cleaning. Then remove any remaining moisture with a
dry cloth.
Take out the dust filter on the left side of the device in one piece together
with the filter cover. Afterwards remove the cover first of all and then
take out the filter insert. Clean it with a vacuum cleaner.
The PCR S and S Plus plate readers

NOTE
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
14.3 Cleaning
Remove both covers.
Remove the filter from the inside of the upper cover. The lower
cover does not contain a filter.
Clean all filters, covers and air inlets with a vacuum cleaner.
Place the filter in the inside of the upper cover.
Reinsert the covers.
Clean the air outlets with a vacuum cleaner.

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Cleaning 14.3
Self cleaning
For the following plate readers a self cleaning function is available:
PCR S
PCR S Plus
PCR S Hi-res
PCR Corado
PCR Compano
PCR CosimaX
Depending on plate frequency this self cleaning should be performed
once a month.
For activating self cleaning select on the operator's console
System
Quality assurance
Image plate reader
Clean
After pressing Clean the reader performs a self cleaning of it's
scanner that takes about 15 s.
After cleaning the following message appears:
Scanner cleaning successfully performed.
14.3.3 Cleaning the inage plates

Alwoys hondle the (ront ond bock o( moge plotes wth greot core. nsure thot
the sur(oce o( the moge plote does not get scrotched or otherwse domoged.
WARNlNG

NOTE
A cleoned moge plote must be dry be(ore t s used ogon.
Also hondle the cossettes core(ully ond ovod heovy physcol weor ond teor ~ (or
nstonce by bumpng or droppng the cossette.
Have the supplied sheet ready which contained the plate in its cardboard
envelope on delivery. Put this underneath when cleaning the plate. Use
lint-free cotton (gauze 100% cotton) or lens cleaning cloths for cleaning.
Once a month remove the image plates from the cassette and check
whether dust or dirt has gathered on the surface.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
14.3 Cleaning
Unlock the cassette lid by slipping across the locks on the back
of the cassette, and open the lid.
Clean the top side first of all. Move the cleaning cloth over the
image plate gently, as follows:
Then turn over the image plate (X) and clean the other side.
X
Remove dust and dirt from both sides of the image plate, not only
from the phosphorescent side.
If specks of dirt cannot be removed by this method, moisten the
cleaning cloth with ethanol ("anhydride", 99.5%). Do not use
any other detergents besides this e.g. solvents. If you use ethanol,
bear the following in mind:
Wipe the image plate with a dry cloth afterwards.

If you frequently clean the image plate with ethanol, the edges
may turn yellow with time. However, this does not impair func-
tion.
Next, place the image plate carefully back into the cassette with
the front of the plate facing the same direction as the front of the
cassette.
Before you close the cassette again, ensure that the image plate is
not jutting out of the cassette.
Lock the cassette lid by slipping across the locks on the back of
the cassette.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Cleaning 14.3

NOTE
The bock o( HR-BD plotes (mommogrophy) ond ST-BD plotes (pedotrcs) hos o
yellowsh shne ond s dent(ed wth o green mork. ln the cossette, too, there s
o green mork on the top edge, whch s locoted obove the green mork on the
moge plote. The green mork on the bock o( the moge plote must be olgned wth
the green mork on the mommogrophylpedotrcs cossette (X).
14.4 Disposal
14.4.1 Recycling
Philips manufactures state-of-the-art equipment in terms of safety and
environmental protection. Assuming no parts of the system housing are
opened and assuming the system is used properly there are no risks to
persons or the environment.
To comply with regulations it is necessary to use materials which may
be harmful to the environment and therefore have to be disposed of in
a proper manner.
For this reason you must not dispose of this equipment together
with normal industrial or domestic waste.
Philips
supports you in disposing of the equipment described in a proper

manner,
returns reusable parts to the production cycle via certified disposal

companies and
thus helps to reduce environmental pollution.

Please contact the Philips Customer Service in full confidence.
14.4.2 RoH5 requirenents {China}
The following table shows the contents of hazardous/toxic substances
or elements:
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
14.4 Disposal
Nane of the
part
Lead
{Pb}
Mercury
{Hg}
Cadniun
{Cd}
Hexavalent
Chroniun
{Cr{Vl}}
Polybroninat-
ed Biphenyls
{PBB}
Polybroninat-
ed Diphenyl
Ehters
{PBDE}
PCR Eleva o o o o o
x - the hazardous substances in at least one of the homogeneous materials
of the unit exceed the concentration limits defined in the standard,
o - the hazardous substances in all homogeneous materials of the unit
are below the concentration limits defined in the standard.
PB is only applicable for cassettes with leaded back.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Disposal 14.4
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
14.4 Disposal
Table of Contents
15 Technical data .............................................. 15-3
15.1 General data .................................................................... 15-3
15.1.1 Ambient conditions and power supply ............. 15-3
15.1.2 Operators console ............................................ 15-3
15.1.3 Computer ........................................................ 15-4
readers .............................................................. 15-4
15.1.6 The PCR AC500 plate reader .......................... 15-7
15.2 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) data ................... 15-11
15.2.1 Electromagnetic emission ............................... 15-11
15.2.2 Electromagnetic interference immunity
recommended safety distances ........................ 15-12
15.3 Labels ............................................................................ 15-13
15.3.1 Operators console .......................................... 15-13
readers ............................................................ 15-15
15.3.4 The PCR S and S Plus plate readers ............... 15-15
15.3.6 The PCR AC5000 plate reader ...................... 15-17
15.3.7 The PCR Cosima plate reader ........................ 15-18
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Table of Contents
15 Technical data
15.1 General data
15.1.1 Anbient conditions and power supply
Environmental specification
|n operarlon
- Temperarure
- Rel. bumlolry
+15C . +30C
40 . 80, no conoensarlon
|n rranslr ano srorage
- Temperarure
- Rel. bumlolry
0C . +45C
10 . 90, no conoensarlon
Power supply
Malns volrage
- Compurer ano monlror
- Compano, Coraoo, CoslmaX
100 v . 120 v 10 or
200 v . 240 v 10
100 v . 120 v 10 or
200 v . 240 v 10
200 v . 240 v 10
S, S Plus, S Hl-res 100 v ... 240 v 10
AC500, AC5000, Coslma 100 v . 120 v 10 or
200 v . 240 v 10
AC-DC aoapror |or roucb
screen
100 v ... 240 v~
Malns |requency 50 Hz / 60 Hz
15.1.2 Operator's console
Monlror 17" roucb screen or
17" |lar screen
Compurer Deskrop
|nrer|aces - Erberner porr
- US8 porr
Loao power 0.2 kvA
Hear olsslparlon 150 W
Dlmenslons (W H D):
- 17" roucb screen
- 17" |lar screen
- Compurer
424 mm 430 mm 244 mm
375 mm 431 mm 210 mm
310 mm 84 mm 358 mm
Welgbrs:
- Toucb screen
- Flar screen
- Compurer
9.5 kg (20.99 lb)
5.8 kg (12.82 lb)
8.5 kg (18.78 lb)
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1 Tecbnlcal oara 15-3
15.1.3 Conputer
Operarlng |requency 3 GHz
RAM 2 G8
Haro olsk 160 G8
Drlve - DvD Reao
CD Rewrlre
Plare rbrougbpur ma. 165 plares/b (18 cm 24 cm)
Casserre release 37 s . 85 s, oepenolng on casserre slze
Gray scale oeprb wben reaolng 12 blr/plel (4096 gray scales)
Loao power
- Coraoo, CoslmaX
- S Hl-res
1.4 kW
0.7 kW
Hear olsslparlon
- Coraoo, CoslmaX
- S Hl-res
500 W
360 W
Dlmenslons (W H D)
- Coraoo, CoslmaX
- S Hl-res
655 mm 1480 mm 740 mm
655 mm 1330 mm 740 mm
Welgbr
- Coraoo, CoslmaX
- S Hl-res
285 kg (629.85 lb)
249 kg (550.29 lb)
Cassette sizes
The plate reader can process cassette sizes in metric or inches with no
need for adjustment.
Metric setting lnch setting
35 cm 43 cm 14" 17"
35 cm 35 cm 14" 14"
24 cm 30 cm 10" 12"
18 cm 24 cm 8" 10"
24 cm 30 cm HR
1
18 cm 24 cm HR
1
24 cm 30 cm HR-8D
2
18 cm 24 cm HR-8D
2
24 cm 30 cm ST-8D
3
18 cm 24 cm ST-8D
3
1
High Resolution
2
High Resolution Base transparent Detect (double-sided readout)
3
Standard Base transparent Detect (double-sided readout)
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
15.1 General data
15-4 Tecbnlcal oara PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1
Processing times
The following data is based on the processing of one image plate from
automatic unloading from the cassette to loading after processing.
Cassette sizes Processing tines
35 cm 43 cm (14" 17") appro. 103 plares/b
24 cm 30 cm HR
1
appro. 90 plares/b
18 cm 24 cm HR
1
appro. 110 plares/b
24 cm 30 cm HR-8D
2
appro. 65 plares/b
18 cm 24 cm HR-8D
2
appro. 80 plares/b
24 cm 30 cm ST-8D
3
appro. 65 plares/b
18 cm 24 cm ST-8D
3
appro. 80 plares/b
1
High Resolution
2
3
Image sizes in pixels
Cassette sizes 5tandard natrix High resolution
Matrix Pixels/nn Matrix Pixels/nn
35 cm 43 cm 1760 by
2140
5 3520 by
4280
10
35 cm 35 cm 1760 by
1760
5 3520 by
3520
10
24 cm 30 cm 1576 by
1976
6,7 2364 by
2964
10
18 cm 24 cm 1770 by
2370
10 1770 by
2370
10
24 cm 30 cm HR
1
2364 by
2964
10 2364 by
2964
10
18 cm 24 cm HR
1
1770 by
2370
10 1770 by
2370
10
24 cm 30 cm HR-
8D
2
2364 by
2964
10 4728 by
5928
20
18 cm 24 cm HR-
8D
2
1770 by
2370
10 3540 by
4740
20
24 cm 30 cm ST-
8D
3
1576 by
1976
6,7 2364 by
2964
10
18 cm 24 cm ST-
8D
3
1770 by
2370
10 1770 by
2370
10
14" 17" 1760 by
2140
5 3520 by
4280
10 P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
General data 15.1
Cassette sizes 5tandard natrix High resolution
14" 14" 1760 by
1760
5 3520 by
3520
10
10" 12" 1670 by
2010
6,7 2505 by
3015
10
8" 10" 2000 by
2510
10 2000 by
2510
10
Gray scale oeprb wben reaolng: 12 blr/plel
1
High Resolution
2
3
Casserre release 39 s - 82 s, oepenolng on casserre slze
Gray scale oeprb wben reaolng 12 blr/plel
Loao power 0.6 kW
Dlmenslons (W H D) 590 mm 810 mm 380 mm
Welgbr 99 kg
Cassette sizes
The plate reader can be configured to cassette sizes in inches or metric.
35 cm 43 cm 14'' 17''
35 cm 35 cm 14'' 14''
15 cm 30 cm
24 cm 30 cm 10'' 12''
18 cm 24 cm 8'' 10''
24 cm 30 cm HR
1
18 cm 24 cm HR
1
1
for S Plus with 50 m scanning option
Processing times
Cassette sizes Processing tines [plates/hj
5 5 Plus
35 cm 43 cm (14'' 17'') appro. 43 appro. 62
35 cm 35 cm (14'' 14'') appro. 50 appro. 70
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
15.1 General data
5 5 Plus
24 cm 30 cm (10'' 12'') appro. 54 appro. 73
18 cm 24 cm (8'' 10'') appro. 67 appro. 87
Cassette
sizes
5tandard natrix High resolution
35 cm 43 cm 1760 by 2140 5 3520 by 4280 10
35 cm 35 cm 1760 by 1760 5 3520 by 3520 10
24 cm 30 cm 1576 by 1976 6,7 2364 by 2964 10
18 cm 24 cm 1770 by 2370 10 1770 by 2370 10
14'' 17'' 1760 by 2140 5 3520 by 4280 10
14'' 14'' 1760 by 1760 5 3520 by 3520 10
10'' 12'' 1670 by 2010 6,7 5205 by 3015 10
8'' 10'' 2000 by 2510 10 2000 by 2510 10
Cassette sizes
35 cm 43 cm 14'' 17''
35 cm 35 cm 14'' 14''
24 cm 30 cm 10'' 12''
18 cm 24 cm 8'' 10''
24 cm 30 cm HR
1
(mammograpby)
18 cm 24 cm HR
1
(mammograpby)
1
High Resolution
Processing times
35 cm 43 cm appro. 67
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
General data 15.1
24 cm 30 cm HR
1
appro. 70
18 cm 24 cm HR
1
appro. 81
1
High Resolution
Cassette
sizes
35 cm 43 cm 1760 by 2140 5 3520 by 4280 10
35 cm 35 cm 1760 by 1760 5 3520 by 3520 10
24 cm 30 cm 1576 by 1976 6,7 2364 by 2964 10
18 cm 24 cm 1770 by 2370 10 1770 by 2370 10
10'' 12'' 1670 by 2010 6,7 5205 by 3015 10
8'' 10'' 2000 by 2510 10 2000 by 2510 10
Cassette sizes
35 cm 43 cm 14'' 17''
35 cm 35 cm 14'' 14''
24 cm 30 cm 10'' 12''
18 cm 24 cm 8'' 10''
24 cm 30 cm HR
1
(mammograpby)
18 cm 24 cm HR
1
(mammograpby)
1
High Resolution
Processing times
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
15.1 General data
24 cm 30 cm HR
1
appro. 100
18 cm 24 cm HR
1
appro. 120
1
High Resolution
Cassette
sizes
35 cm 43 cm 1760 by 2140 5 3520 by 4280 10
35 cm 35 cm 1760 by 1760 5 3520 by 3520 10
24 cm 30 cm 1576 by 1976 6,7 2364 by 2964 10
18 cm 24 cm 1770 by 2370 10 1770 by 2370 10
24 cm 30 cm
HR
1
2364 by 2964 10 2364 by 2964 10
18 cm 24 cm
HR
1
1770 by 2370 10 1770 by 2370 10
10'' 12'' 1670 by 2010 6,7 5205 by 3015 10
8'' 10'' 2000 by 2510 10 2000 by 2510 10
1
High Resolution
Cassette sizes
35 cm 43 cm 14'' 17''
35 cm 35 cm 14'' 14''
24 cm 30 cm 10'' 12''
18 cm 24 cm 8'' 10''
18 cm 30 cm HR-8D
2
(mammograpby)
24 cm 24 cm HR-8D
2
(mammograpby)
2
High Resolution Base Transparent Detect (double-sided readout)
Processing times
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
General data 15.1
24 cm 30 cm HR-8D
2
appro. 41
18 cm 24 cm HR-8D
2
appro. 50
2
Cassette
sizes
35 cm 43 cm 1760 by 2140 5 3520 by 4280 10
35 cm 35 cm 1760 by 1760 5 3520 by 3520 10
24 cm 30 cm 1576 by 1976 6,7 2364 by 2964 10
18 cm 24 cm 1770 by 2370 10 1770 by 2370 10
24 cm 30 cm
HR-8D
2
2364 by 2964 10 2364 by 2964 20
18 cm 24 cm
HR-8D
2
1770 by 2370 10 1770 by 2370 20
10'' 12'' 1670 by 2010 6,7 5205 by 3015 10
8'' 10'' 2000 by 2510 10 2000 by 2510 10
2
15.1.9 PCR Conpano plate reader
Casserre release 40 s . 64 s, oepenolng on casserre slze
Gray scale oeprb wben reaolng 12 blr/plel (4096 gray scales)
Loao power 0.6 kvA
Dlmenslons (W H D) 550 mm 1065 mm 515 mm
Welgbr 155 kg
Cassette sizes
35 cm 43 cm 14" 17"
35 cm 35 cm 14" 14"
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
15.1 General data
24 cm 30 cm 10" 12"
18 cm 24 cm 8" 10"
Processing times
Cassette sizes Processing tines
Cassette
sizes
35 cm 43 cm 1760 by 2140 5 3520 by 4280 10
35 cm 35 cm 1760 by 1760 5 3520 by 3520 10
24 cm 30 cm 1576 by 1976 6,7 2364 by 2964 10
18 cm 24 cm 1770 by 2370 10 1770 by 2370 10
14" 17" 1760 by 2140 5 3520 by 4280 10
14" 14" 1760 by 1760 5 3520 by 3520 10
10" 12" 1670 by 2010 6,7 2505 by 3015 10
8" 10" 2000 by 2510 10 2000 by 2510 10
15.2 Electronagnetic conpatibility {EMC} data
15.2.1 Electronagnetic enission
Radiated noise
neasurenents
Conpliance Electronagnetic environnent
guidelines
HF emlsslon acc.
ro C|SPR 11
Group 1 Tbls sysrem uses HF energy solely |or
lrs lnrernal |uncrlonlng. |rs HF emlsslons
are rbere|ore very low, ano lr ls very
unllkely ro lnrer|ere wlrb elecrronlc ap-
pararus ln rbe vlclnlry.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Electronagnetic conpatibility {EMC} data 15.2
15.2.2 Electronagnetic interference innunity reconnended
safety distances
(between portable and mobile RF communications equipment
(transmitters) and this system)
The system is intended for use in an electromagnetic environment in
which radiated RF disturbances are controlled. The customer or the user
of the system can help prevent electromagnetic interference by main-
taining a minimum distance between portable and mobile RF commu-
nications equipment (transmitters) and the system as recommended
below, according to the maximum output power of the communications
equipment.
Rated naxinun output
power of transnitter W
5eparation distance according to frequency of transnitter n
150 kHz to 80 MHz
d = {3.5/3}P
1/2
80 MHz to 800 MHz
d = {3.5/3}P
1/2
800 MHz to 2.5 GHz
d = {7/3}P
1/2
0.01 0.12 0.12 0.23
0.1 0.37 0.37 0.74
1 1.17 1.17 2.33
10 3.67 3.67 7.38
100 11.66 11.66 23.33
For transmitters rated at a maximum output power not listed above, the
recommended separation distance d in meters (m) can be estimated
using the equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter, where
P is the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in watts (W)
according to the transmitter manufacturer.

NOTE
At exoctly 80 MHz ond 800 MHz the seporoton dstonce (or the hgher (re-
quency ronge opples.
These gudelnes moy not opply n oll stuotons. lectromognetc propogoton

s o((ected by obsorpton ond re(lecton (rom structures, objects ond people.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
15.2 Electronagnetic conpatibility {EMC} data
15.3 Labels
15.3.1 Operator's console
1
2
3
5 4
6
7 8 9
10
1 Logo 6 Type
2 RoHS 7 Type number
3 Dara 8 Dlsposal ln|ormarlon
4 Logo 9 CE
5 Aooress 10 Mercury
Other labels are depicted in the computer documentation.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Labels 15.3
15.3.2 PCR Conpano plate reader
Right side
1
1
LeIt side and rear
F
R
O
N
T
B
A
C
K
F
R
O
N
T
1
2
2
2
3
4
1 HHS label ;1. 3 EN60825-1:1996
Class 1 oevlce
2 EN60825-1:1996
Class |||b label
4 HHS cerrl|lcarlon ano |D
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
15.3 Labels
Rear LeIt side Right side
1 1
5
1
2
3
4
1
1 |EC/EN60825-1:2001
Devlce class ||| label
3 Manu|acrurer's plare
2 Dara plare 4 HHS cerrl|lcarlon ano |D
5 Warnlng
1
2
3
4
5
1 |EC 60825-1: 2001 3 Manu|acrurer
Elecrrlcal Dara
CE
2 HHS cerrl|lcarlon ano
loenrl|lcarlon
4, 5 |EC 60825-1: 2001
EN 60825-1: 2002
Class |||b label
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Labels 15.3
1
2
1
2
3
2
1
4
1 HHS label ;1 3 HHS cerrl|lcarlon ano |D
2 EN60825-1:1996
Class |||b label
4 EN60825-1:1996
Class 1 oevlce
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
15.3 Labels
1
2
1
2
3
2
1
4
2 EN60825-1:1996
Class |||b label
4 EN60825-1:1996
Class 1 oevlce
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Labels 15.3

1
2
3
4
2 EN60825-1:1996
Class |||b label
4 EN60825-1:1996
Class 1 oevlce
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
15.3 Labels
Table of Contents
16 Appendix ....................................................... 16-3
......................................................................................... 16-3
16.2 If the barcode reader is not working .............................. 16-11
16.3 Error messages ............................................................... 16-12
16.3.1 What you should know .................................. 16-12
16.3.2 Type 1 messages ............................................. 16-13
16.3.3 Type 2 messages ............................................. 16-20
16.3.4 Type 3 messages ............................................. 16-23
16.3.5 Type 4 messages ............................................. 16-25
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Table of Contents
16 Appendix
16.1 Notes on Radiography Techniques with UM and
DRR
The following chapters describe how you work with the radiography
techniques UM and DRR.
Different radiography techniques
The following radiography techniques are available: ...
Standard exposure
Exposures with contrast media
Tomography
Tomography with contrast media

For each of these radiography techniques, distinct sets of parameters are
programmed for reading out the image plate. To obtain good results,
the chosen radiography technique and the setting must correspond with
the actual exposure conditions.
Image plate formats
In all modes, the plate reader can detect the following subformats on an
image plate:
Fornats Display
Unolvloeo, olvloeo ln rwo ver-
rlcally ano borlzonrally, olvloeo
ln |our
Uslng rbe areas wlrbour colll-
marlon

NOTE
The exposed oreo wthn o secton must not be too smoll, ot leost o thrd o( the
oreo o( o secton must be exposed.
The sdes o( exposed sectons must not overlop much wth metol ports.
Modes (readout modes)
There are 4 modes for the plate reader (readout modes). You can set
these on the operators console in the System section.
1. Auto (standard setting)
Exposure and area of object are measured from the middle of the
cassette to the edges of the collimation.
2. Semi
You use this mode for irregular collimations and ones that take up
less than one third of the image plate. The middle of the image plate
must be exposed, since the plate reader analyzes the exposure here.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1 Appenol 16-3
3. Fix
The image plate acts like a conventional screen-film combination
with fixed sensitivity. It is used in density techniques.
4. Manual
The image plate is read out in the Auto mode. Then a window ap-
pears on the monitor of the plate reader for the S and L values to be
set manually.
The Auto mode is the standard setting and can read out most exposures.

Only the odmnstrotor moy set the modes. Ior (urther n(ormoton on ths, re(er
to the Applcoton Gude, whch you ore gven o(ter tronng by on opplcoton
specolst.
CAUTlON
Notes on the Auto mode
The Auto mode is suitable for most exposures. The following collima-
tions are available:
Collinations Display
Clrcle, oval, rounoeo recrangle,
lrregular polygon
Recrangle
Colllmarlng parallel ro rbe
eoges o| rbe lmage plare
In the following figures the collimations shown here are used as symbols.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
16-4 Appenol PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1
Overview of the body regions
Standard exposure Exposure with contrast medium Tomograph y
Head
Neck
Thorax
Abdomen
Exceptions
Pelvis
Upper
extremities
Lower
extremities
See note 3
Thorax exposures with contrast media,
esophagus exposures or exposures
oI the intestinal tract with enema
See note 4
See note 1
See note 2
No subdivision permissible
See note 4
See note 3
See note 1
Stomach exposures
Note 1
This collimation detection is used for standard exposures and exposures
with contrast media from the head to the lower extremities. The fol-
lowing collimations are available:
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Notes on Radiography Techniques with UM and DRR 16.1
Right Wrong
You can divide up the image plate as follows:
If you divide up the image plate, you must expose all sections. No section
may remain unexposed. Do not choose too small a field for exposure.
At least one third of the section must be exposed. For round collimations
choose the diameter so that the length of the side of the enclosed square
(l) is greater than a third of the length of the side of the section (L).
l
L
l ~
3
L
The borders of exposed sections must not overlap much with metal
parts. Position the object you want to depict as exactly as possible in the
middle of the image plate; if you are working with sections, then as
exactly as possible in the middle of the section.
Note 2
This collimation detection is used for standard exposures from the head
to the pelvis. The following collimations are available:
Right Wrong
Do not choose too small a field for exposure. At least one third of the
section must be exposed. For round collimations choose the diameter
so that the length of the side of the enclosed square (l) is greater than a
third of the length of the side of the section (L).
l
L
l ~
3
L
parts. If you divide up the image plate, you must expose the entire sur-
face. Do not collimate in this case.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
max.
5 mm
No
overlap!
Right Wrong
Note 3
This collimation detection is used for all tomographic exposures and for
the extremities.
Position the cassette carefully in the exposure unit of the X-ray unit.
Ensure that the collimation is parallel to the edges of the image plate.
With rectangular collimations, the angle between the collimation and
the edge of the image plate must be no more than 3.
max. 19 mm
35 cm x 43 cm
max. 16 mm
3 max.
3 max.
24 cm x 30 cm
The following applies to symmetrical collimation:
0.15
l
1
l
2
l
(l
1
l )
2
l

The following applies to one-sided collimation:
36 mm l
3
<
l
3
The midfield of the image plate must lie within the exposed area.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Midfield 25 mm x 25 mm
The length of the side (l) of the exposed field must be greater than a
third of the short edge of the image plate.
The collimation is not detected if the overlapping area of the exposed
field and the area filled with contrast medium is less than a third of the
length of the edge of the image plate.
a
b
l
l
3
a + b >
parts. If you divide up the image plate, you must expose the entire sur-
face. Do not collimate in this case.
max.
5 mm
No
overlap!
Right Wrong
Note 4
This collimation detection is used for exposures of the stomach with
contrast media and of the neck.
Position the cassette carefully in the exposure unit of the X-ray unit.
Ensure that the collimation is parallel to the edges of the image plate.
With rectangular collimations, the angle between the collimation and
the edge of the image plate must be no more than 3.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
max. 19 mm
35 cm x 43 cm
max. 16 mm
3 max.
3 max.
24 cm x 30 cm
The following applies to symmetrical collimation:
0.15
l
1
l
2
l
(l
1
l )
2
l

The following applies to one-sided collimation:
l
3
l
4
l
4
l
3
l
4
l
5
l
5
l
5
< 36 mm
< 36 mm
< 36 mm
If you only use the image plate for one collimation, it must not extend
excessively over one side of the image plate.
l
1
l
2
l
1
l
2
0.6
You can divide up the image plate as follows:
The length of the side (l) of the exposed field must be greater than a
third of the short edge of the image plate. The midfield of the image
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
plate must be exposed. The sections must also expose the midfield of
the image plate.
Right
Wrong
Right Wrong
parts.
a
b
l
l
a + b >
4
Notes on neck exposures
Pay attention to positioning:
Right
Wrong
Generally, pharynx and larynx are only depicted weakly in normal ex-
posures. For this reason, you should use the readout mode Fix in these
cases. This applies to exposures with and without contrast media.
For AP exposures of the pharynx and larynx, position the neck in the
field you wish to expose. It is important that the neck is centered ver-
tically.
Position the neck inside the area outlined in gray, and the central neck
area in the middle of the collimation.
a L
a
L
= 0.2
If you use lead type with pharynx and larynx exposures, it must not be
placed within the area outlined in gray.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
a
L
b
M
b
M
= 0.7
a
L
= 0.2
Notes on the Semi mode
Position the region of interest in the midfield of the image plate. The
different measuring fields are assigned to particular exposures.
Semi I Semi II
Semi III
10 cm x 10 cm
7 cm x 7 cm
5 cm x 5 cm
Do not position any insignificant parts of the object in the midfield.
Adjust the tube voltage according to the thickness of the body part to
be depicted.
Notes on the Fix mode
The parameters for reading out the image plate are fixed. The exposure
conditions for an exposure do not differ from conventional X-ray ex-
posures.
16.2 lf the barcode reader is not working
You can enter the barcode of the image plate using the keyboard:
Make sure that the right view is selected.
The background of the selected view of the examination type is

blue:
You will find the barcode (A) on the top of the image plate.
Transfer only the 8-digit sequence of numbers from the image
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
lf the barcode reader is not working 16.2
plate.
A
Type in barcode.
A window appears for the numerical code to be entered.

Please insert barcode:
Cancel
Once you have entered the final digit, the input window dis-
appears and the barcode appears beside the view (A).
A
Take the planned X-ray exposures.
16.3 Error nessages
16.3.1 What you should know
1
2 4
3
The system generates four types of error message.
The illustration shows you where these messages appear on screen.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
16.3 Error nessages
16.3.2 Type 1 nessages
These messages require confirmation.
Message Possible Causes To Do
A |aral lmage plare reaoer error occureo
(Error cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem"). Please
cbeck lmage plare reaoer. Press rbe "OK"
burron ro remove rbe casserre.
|mage plare reaoer |aral baroware error. Call servlce.
(Error cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem"). Sbur
oown rbe lmage plare reaoer ano swlrcb lr
on agaln. || rbe problem remalns, call serv-
lce.
|mage plare reaoer |aral baroware error. Swlrcb on ano o||, call servlce, l| necessary.
A llcense ls no longer avallable. Call servlce. A |uncrlon was requesreo |or wblcb rbe
corresponolng llcense ls no longer vallo.
Unoer "Sysrem/General/Llcense srarus" you
can see rbe llcense srarus o| rbe sysrem. Call
servlce, l| you neeo rbe eplreo |uncrlon.
A reaoer error bas occureo rbar cannor be
specl|leo more eacrly (Error cooe: "Ter
|rom sysrem"). Call servlce.
HW error Call servlce
Unable ro llnk barcooe slnce eamlnarlon ls
closeo. Do you wanr ro creare anorber e-
amlnarlon?
Arrempr ro creare an lmaglng plare llnk
wlrbln a complereo eamlnarlon.
8ook a new eamlnarlon.
An lmage plare bas been oerecreo ln rbe
lmage plare reaoer (Error cooe: "Ter |rom
sysrem"). |r bas now been pur back lnro rbe
casserre. Wberber rbe lmage plare was reao
or eraseo cannor be oerermlneo.
|mage plare |ouno ln lmage plare reaoer ar
srarrup.
Cbeck rbe lmage plare srarus. || you are nor
sure wberber rbere ls srlll an lmage on lr,
llnk lr ro a oummy parlenr ano reao our.
CALL SERv|CE - Sysrem error ! Tbere ls a mal|uncrlon ln rbe sysrem. Call servlce lmmeolarely!
Composer coulo nor be srarreo because
"Ter |rom sysrem". Call servlce.
So|rware/Con|lgurarlon problem. |nrernal error. Call servlce.
Con|lgurarlon upoare ls complereo (Error
cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem"). Press rbe "OK"
burron ro reboor rbe lmage plare reaoer.
Con|lgurarlon o| rbe lmage plare reaoer bas
cbangeo.
Reboor rbe lmage plare reaoer.
Connecrlon ro rbe parlenr oarabase losr!
Resrarr rbe sysrem.
Tbe oarabase connecrlon was losr oue ro an
lnrernal error.
Resrarr o| rbe sysrem ls necessary ln oroer
ro avolo loss o| oara.
Darabase problem. Tbe parlenr "Ter |rom
sysrem" coulo nor be oelereo. Tbe sysrem
musr be resrarreo!
lnrernal error.
Do you wanr ro oelere rbls parlenr? "Ter
|rom sysrem"
Warnlng message rbar rbe user ls abour ro
oelere a parlenr.
-
Do you wanr ro proceeo wlrb rbe srlrcblng
o| rbe lmages ?
Tbe srlrcblng olalog bas been closeo uslng
Ok or be qulr wlrb auro-con|lrmarlon, ask
user l| Srlrcblng bas ro be proceeo or can-
celleo
-
Do you wanr ro srore rbe erenoeo lmage
|ormar lncluolng rbe raw lmage ?
Maln rask: Srorlng servlce lmages on servlce
parrlrlon as Eleva user.
You can selecr erenoeo lmage |ormar (yes)
or sranoaro lmage |ormar (no).
DRR lmage processlng paramerer "Ter
|rom sysrem" our o| range. "Ter |rom sys-
rem" useo lnsreao. Correcr prorocol or use
anorber one.
A DRR lmage processlng prorocol ls lnvallo.
One paramerer ls our o| rbe alloweo range.
Correcr rbe lnvallo paramerer o| rbe cur-
renr prorocol or selecr anorber prorocol.
You sboulo save your cbangeo prorocol or
cbange rbe re|erence o| rbe prorocol ln rbe
EvA rool.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Error nessages 16.3
Empry casserre lnserreo (Error cooe: "Ter
|rom sysrem"). No lmage plare |ouno ln rbe
casserre. Press rbe "OK" burron ro remove
rbe casserre ano loao an lmage plare lnro rbe
casserre.
Empry casserre. Loao lmage plare lnro casserre.
ERROR - An error occureo ourlng crearlon
o| rbe CD. Falleo parlenrs: "Ter |rom sys-
rem". Do you wanr ro rescbeoule rbe CD?
Pbyslcal errors ourlng wrlrlng rbe CD. |nserr a new CD. Answer yes: || you wanr
ro rerry an loenrlcal CD compllarlon. An-
swer no: || you wanr ro olscaro rbe compl-
larlon.
ERROR - Tbe parlenr oarabase ls complere-
ly |ull. You musr manually oelere eamlna-
rlons be|ore you proceeo lmaglng!
|n splre o| auromarlc oelerlon o| complereo
enrrles, rbere ls no space le|r ln rbe parlenr
oarabase.
Delere eamlnarlons rbar are no longer
neeoeo. Call servlce, l| rbls bappens |re-
quenrly wlrbour obvlous reason. Make lr a
rule ro close eamlnarlons olrecrly a|rer |ln-
lsblng.
ERROR - rbe sysrem ls unable ro reacb rbe
MPPS server. No MPPS messages can be
senr.
Tbe sysrem coulo nor seno an MPPS mes-
sage ro rbe corresponolng srarlon, probably
because rbere ls no connecrlon.
Resrarr rbe MPPS server ano/or cbeck rbe
nerwork connecrlon. || problem remalns,
call servlce.
Error be|ore reaolng lmage plare (Error
cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem"). NOTE THAT
THE |MAGE PLATE |S UNPROCESSED.
Press rbe "OK" burron ro remove rbe cas-
serre ano re-lnserr lr a|rer cbecklng rbe
lmage plare llnk srarus.
|mage plare nor llnkeo. Llnk lmage plare.
Error eraslng lmage plare (Error cooe:
"Ter |rom sysrem"). NOTE THAT THE
|MAGE PLATE HAS TO 8E ERASED 8E-
FORE REUSE. Press rbe "OK" burron ro
remove rbe casserre.
|mage plare nor eraseo. Erase rbe lmage plare.
Error eraslng lmage plare oue ro over-e-
posure (Error cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem").
Walr 16 bours be|ore eraslng rbe lmage
plare. Tben you can reuse lr. Press rbe "OK"
burron ro remove rbe casserre.
|mage plare bas been (parrly) overeposeo. Do nor use lmage plare |or 16 bours. Re-
ouce X-ray oose ano/or aoapr colllmarlon.
Error ln lmage processlng prorocol pro-
grammlng. Re|erenceo lmage processlng
prorocols are mlsslng. Call servlce.
|mage processlng prorocols bave been re-
moveo or renameo.
Cbeck all lnvallo lmage processlng proro-
cols wlrb EvA con|lgurarlon rool.
Error ln prlnr remplare programmlng. A re|-
erenceo prlnr remplare ls nor oe|lneo or
vallo. Call servlce.
Prlnr remplares were removeo or renameo. Cbeck all lnvallo prlnr remplares wlrb EvA
con|lgurarlon rool.
Error ln prlnrer name programmlng. A
prlnrer ls re|erenceo rbar ls nor con|lgureo
|or rbls sysrem. Call servlce.
Prlnrers bave been removeo or renameo by
servlce.
Cbeck all lnvallo prlnrer name presers wlrb
EvA con|lgurarlon rool. || neeoeo, call serv-
lce ro con|lgure prlnrers properly.
Error ln rbe eamlnarlon programmlng oa-
rabase. Call servlce.
An error occurreo ln rbe eamlnarlon pro-
grammlng oarabase.
Call servlce.
Error wblle reaolng or eraslng lmage plare
("Ter |rom sysrem"). NOTE THAT THE
|MAGE PLATE HAS TO 8E ERASED 8E-
FORE REUSE. Press rbe "OK" burron ro
|mage plare reaoer baroware error. Call servlce.
Eporr job |alleo: "Ter |rom sysrem" So|rware/Con|lgurarlon problem. |nrernal error. Call servlce.
Falleo ro arrange rbe lmages auromarlcally.
Please arrange rbem manually.
Tbe auromarlc srlrcblng algorlrbm |alleo. Arrange rbe lmages manually ln rbe eolror.||
rbe problem perslsrs |requenrly call servlce.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
16.3 Error nessages
Falleo ro lnsrall |lles necessary |or oemo
mooe. Cbeck rbe lnsrallarlon CD ano rbe
selecreo parb.
Falleo ro lnsrall |lles necessary |or oemo
mooe.
Cbeck parb ro source olrecrory ano space
on olsk.
Falleo ro loao con|lg oara, rook oe|aulr ser-
rlngs. Please call servlce.
Tbe work|low componenr coulo nor loao
lrs con|lgurarlon oara |lle. Tbls conralns only
oara wblcb can be ser by rbe user ln rbe
sysrem area o| rbe appllcarlon. |r can be
causeo by a |alleo backup/resrore process.
Try ro resrore a vallo backup |lle agaln. ||
nor success|ul lr ls posslble ro resrore rbe
serrlngs by bano ln appllcarlon's Sysrem-
Area.
Falleo ro loao lmage con|lgurarlon oara |rom
|lle. Please Call Servlce.
Tbe |P-srarlc componenr coulo nor loao lrs
con|lgurarlon oara |lle. Tbls conralns only
oara wblcb can be ser by rbe user ln rbe
sysrem area o| rbe appllcarlon. |r can be
causeo by a |alleo backup/resrore process.
Try ro resrore a vallo backup |lle agaln. ||
nor success|ul lr ls posslble ro resrore rbe
serrlngs by bano ln appllcarlon's Sysrem-
Area.
Falleo ro srlrcb rbe lmages auromarlcally.
Please open rbe srlrcblng eolror ano srlrcb
rbem manually.
Tbe auromarlc srlrcblng algorlrbm |alleo. Open rbe srlrcblng eolror ano per|orm rbe
srlrcblng manually. || rbe problem perslsrs
|requenrly call servlce.
Falleo ro srlrcb rbe lmages manually. You
can cbange rbe lmage arrangemenr ln rbe
srlrcblng eolror ano rry agaln.
No srlrcbeo lmage can be compureo |rom
rbe manual arrangemenr o| rbe lmages ln
rbe srlrcblng eolror.
Rerry rbe manual arrangemenr o| rbe lm-
ages ln rbe srlrcblng eolror.|| rbe problem
perslsrs |requenrly call servlce.
Fan nor worklng properly (Error cooe:
"Ter |rom sysrem"). Alrbougb lmage reao-
lng ls posslble, bear may oamage rbe sysrem
elecrronlcs. Call servlce.
|mage plare reaoer |an oe|ecr. Call servlce.
Followlng llcense |lle coulo be |ouno: "Ter
|rom sysrem". Llcense-oepenoanr cbanges
become acrlve a|rer resrarr o| rbe compur-
er. |mporr llcense ano elr PCR-Eleva now?
|mporr proceoure |ouno a vallo llcense |lle. Selecr YES, |or lmporrlng rbe vallo llcense
|lle ano elr PCR-Eleva. Selecr NO, orber-
wlse.
|mage plare barcooe musr be senr ro rbe
reaoer (Error cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem").
serre.
|mage plare reaoer problem. Cbeck wberber lmage plare ls llnkeo cor-
recrly. Rerry lnserrlng.
|mage plare |rom reaoer ls nor reglsrereo
(Error cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem"). Press rbe
"OK" burron ro remove rbe casserre.
Unllnkeo lmage plare. Cbeck wberber lmage plare ls llnkeo cor-
(Error cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem"). Press rbe
"OK" burron ro remove rbe casserre.
Unllnkeo lmage plare. Ejecr lmage plare ano rerry a|rer llnklng lr.
|mage plare loaolng error (Error cooe:
"Ter |rom sysrem"). Press rbe "OK" bur-
ron ro remove rbe casserre.
|mage plare reaoer baroware problem or
lmage plare/casserre problem.
Cbeck rbe casserre ano rbe lmage plare.
|mage plare reaoer laser ll|erlme warnlng:
Processlng ls posslble bur replacemenr ls
requlreo urgenrly (Error cooe: "Ter |rom
sysrem").
Abnormal laser elecrrlc currenr values oe-
recreo. |mage plare reaoer laser ll|erlme e-
plreo.
Call servlce.
|mage plare reaoer so|rware upoare ls com-
plereo (Error cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem").
Press rbe "OK" burron ro reboor rbe reao-
er.
SW-upoare |or lmage plare reaoer com-
plere.
-
|mage plare reaoer: erasure lamp(s) ll|erlme
over (Error cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem"). Call
servlce.
|mage plare reaoer erasure lamp burnr our. Call servlce.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Error nessages 16.3
|mage processlng prorocol "Ter |rom sys-
rem" nor |ouno. Please selecr anorber pro-
rocol.
An lmage processlng prorocol programmeo
|or rbls vlew ooes nor elsr. "None Proc-
esslng" ls applleo.
Selecr anorber lmage processlng prorocol.
To |l rbls problem permanenrly, you
sboulo elrber creare a new prorocol wlrb
rbe mlsslng name or correcr rbe wrong re|-
erence o| rbe prorocol ln rbe EvA rool.
|nrernal prlnr error. So|rware/Con|lgurarlon problem. |nrernal error. Call servlce.
|nrernal prlnr lnlrlallzarlon error. So|rware/Con|lgurarlon problem. |nrernal error. Call servlce.
|nvallo enrrles |ouno ln eporr oesrlnarlon
serrlngs. |nvallo enrrles bave been removeo.
Cbeck eporr oesrlnarlons!
Flelo servlce D|COM eporr con|lgurarlon
bas been cbangeo. Tbe resulr ls nor com-
parlble wlrb rbe eporr oesrlnarlon serrlngs
unoer sysrem/serrlngs/eporr oesrlnarlons.
Con|llcrs bave been removeo auromarlcally.
Reconnecr rbe useo eporr scbeme ln sys-
rem/serrlngs/eporr oesrlnarlons ro a vallo
D|COM eporr rarger.
|nvallo enrrles |ouno ln prlnr oesrlnarlon
Cbeck prlnr oesrlnarlons!
Flelo servlce prlnrer con|lgurarlon bas been
cbangeo. Tbe resulr ls nor comparlble wlrb
rbe prlnr oesrlnarlon serrlngs. Con|llcrs are
removeo auromarlcally.
Reconnecr rbe useo prlnr meolum rypes ln
sysrem/serrlngs/prlnr oesrlnarlons ro vallo
prlnrer ano |llm |ormars.
Malware oerecrlon ! Call Pblllps cusromer
supporr |or |urrber asslsrance! Sysrem |unc-
rlonallry mlgbr be a||ecreo. Conrlnulng
work ls ar your own rlsk.
vlrus scanner |ouno a poslrlve resulr. Call Pblllps cusromer supporr |or |urrber
asslsrance.
No connecrlon ro rbe eamlnarlon pro-
grammlng oarabase. Call servlce.
grammlng oarabase.
Call servlce.
No response recelveo |rom lmage oesrlna-
rlon workspor (Error cooe: "Ter |rom sys-
rem"). NOTE THAT THE |MAGE PLATE |S
UNPROCESSED. Press rbe "OK" burron ro
Tbe lmage plare reaoer bas no connecrlon
ro rbe workspor rbe lmage sboulo be senr
ro (lmage bosr). Nerwork problem or
workspor swlrcbeo o||.
Cbeck nerwork connecrlons ano workspor.
Call servlce.
No R|S connecrlon avallable! Tbe sysrem ls con|lgureo |or parlenr oara
lnpur vla R|S connecrlon bur rbere ls no R|S
connecrlon avallable.
Call servlce.
No vallo con|lgurarlon |ouno ar "Ter |rom
sysrem". Call servlce.
|mporr o| wrong con|lgurarlon |lles. Call servlce ro con|lgure rbe avallable prlnr-
ers or prlnr remplares properly.
No vallo meolum |ouno |or prlnrer. Call
servlce.
Prlnrlng ls nor posslble because no meolum
|or a cerraln prlner |ouno ln con|lgurarlon.
Call servlce ro con|lgure rbe avallable prlnr-
ers ano prlnr meola properly.
No vallo prlnrer |ouno ln con|lgurarlon. Call
servlce.
Prlnrlng ls nor posslble because no prlnrer
|ouno ln con|lgurarlon.
ers properly.
Parlenr oarabase |ull. You musr provloe |ree
space, e.g. by closlng |lnlsbeo eamlnarlons.
Manually oelere enrrles rbar are no longer
neeoeo.
enrrles, rbe parlenr oarabase ls |llllng up ro
an unacceprable level.
Make lr a rule ro close eamlnarlons olrecrly
a|rer |lnlsblng. Free space ls provloeo by
manually oelerlng all unnecessary eamlna-
rlon enrrles.
Parlenr wlrb rbls loenrl|ylng arrrlbures ls al-
reaoy presenr ln rbe oarabase. Please selecr
orber values.
Sysrem ls con|lgureo ro loenrl|y parlenrs by
a ser o| loenrl|ylng arrrlbures. A parlenr wlrb
rbls loenrl|ylng arrrlbures ls alreaoy presenr
ln rbe oarabase.
Only comblnarlons o| loenrl|ylng arrrlbures
rbar are nor alreaoy presenr can be useo.
Plare reaoer: An error occureo ln rbe rber-
mlsror or erasure unlr (Error cooe: "Ter
An error occureo ln rbe rbermlsror or era-
sure unlr.
Call servlce.
Plare reaoer: erasure unlr oe|ecr (Error
burron ro remove rbe casserre. Call servlce.
Tbe lmage plare bas been eraseo lnsu||l-
clenrly because one o| rbe rbree erasure
lamps burnr our.
Call servlce.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
16.3 Error nessages
Plare reaoer: Hlgb remperarure o| erase
lamps (Error cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem")
THE |MAGE PLATE HAS TO 8E ERASED
8EFORE REUSE. Press rbe "OK" burron ro
clenrly because rbe erasure lamps bave been
swlrcbeo o|| remporarlly oue ro blgb rem-
perarure.
Wall several mlnures ro allow rbe erasure
lamps ro cool oown. Erase lmage plare.
Plare reaoer: Hlgb volrage o||. Call servlce. Plare baroware error. Call servlce.
Please elrber creare rbe composlre lmage,
rejecr rbe lnolvloual lmages or move rbem
ro a normal vlew.
Complerlng a parlenr or an eamlnarlon
wlrb ar leasr one srlrcblng vlew rbar con-
ralns lmages bur no composlre lmage.
Flnlsb srlrcblng vlew or use rbe Move-|m-
age-Tool ro move rbe lmages |rom rbe
srlrcblng vlew ro a normal vlew.
Please resrarr rbe sysrem ro make rbe
cbanges ar rbe prlnr con|lgurarlon avallable.
Mool|lcarlon o| prlnr con|lgurarlon (sysrem
rab) or mool|lcarlon o| prlnr remplare usage
ln EvA-Tool.
Resrarr rbe sysrem.
Prlnr job canceleo. Srarus ls: "Ter |rom
sysrem" (srarus cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem")
Prlnr job |alleo. Srarus ls: "Ter |rom
sysrem" (srarus cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem").
Prlnrour o| page wlrb |D: "Ter |rom sys-
rem" |alleo. Cbeck prlnrer ano nerwork. ||
rbe problem remalns, call servlce.
Wrong con|lgurarlon o| prlnrer. Prlnrer our
o| meola. Nerwork problems.
Cbeck prlnrer con|lgurarlon, srarus o| prlnr-
er (re|lll meola) ano connecrlon.
Removeo one or more jobs |rom prlnrlng
queue, because prlnrer ls no longer presenr.
Prlnrer was removeo |rom con|lgurarlon. Only |or ln|ormarlon. [obs musr be srarreo
agaln manually.
Resrore rbe lasr applleo llcense |lle ano elr
PCR-Eleva now?
Tbe user wanrs ro reser rbe llcense |lle. Tbe
currenr llcense |lle ls replaceo wlrb rbe lasr
applleo one.
Yes, ro reser llcense |lle ano elr PCR-Eleva
(compurer reboor necessary). No, ro keep
rbe currenr llcense |lle.
Rerrylng o| lmage rransmlsslon |alleo (Error
cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem"). Tbe lmage plare
was processeo bur rbe lmage coulo nor be
senr ro rbe workspor. Press rbe "OK" bur-
ron ro remove rbe casserre.
|mage plare reaoer baroware error or ner-
work con|lgurarlon.
Cbeck baroware ano nerwork con|lgura-
rlon. Call servlce.
Some llcense wlll eplre ln "Ter |rom sys-
rem" oays. Call servlce.
A rlme llmlreo llcense wlll eplre ln a |ew
oays. Tbls may a||ecr rbe wbole sysrem or
parrs o| lr.
See ln "Sysrem/General/Llcense srarus"
wblcb llcense ls a||ecreo. Call servlce, l| you
neeo rbe eplreo |uncrlon.
Tbe casserre cannor be openeo by rbe plare
Please re-lnserr rbe casserre.
Casserre oe|ecrlve. Cbeck casserre, rerry. || problem srlll re-
malns, replace casserre. |n|orm servlce.
Tbe casserre cannor be releaseo |rom bolo
srarus (Error cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem").
serre ano re-lnserr lr.
Haroware oe|ecrlve. Re-lnserr lmage plare.
Tbe casserre ls nor lnserreo properly (Error
cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem"). Please re-lnserr
rbe casserre.
Casserre nor lnserreo properly. Re-lnserr properly.
Tbe CD bas success|ully been creareo. Pa-
rlenrs on olsc: "Ter |rom sysrem"
All jobs |rom rbe queue bas been success-
|ully burneo on rbe CD.
-
Tbe currenr amounr o| oara wlll nor |lr on
rbe CD. |nserr a new CD.
rbe CD.
|nserr a new CD.
Tbe oe|aulr eporr rarger ls useo because
o| mlsslng enrry |or |"Ter |rom sysrem"] ln
rbe eporr oesrlnarlon serrlngs.
Tbe rable ln sysrem/serrlngs/eporr oesrl-
narlons conralns no vallo enrry |or rbe useo
eporr scbeme.
Tbe Aovanceo User sboulo selecr a vallo
eporr rarger |or rbls eporr scbeme ln rbe
eporr oesrlnarlon rable. P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Error nessages 16.3
Tbe oe|aulr prlnrer ls useo because o| mlss-
lng enrry |or |"Ter |rom sysrem"] ln rbe
prlnr oesrlnarlon serrlngs.
Tbe rable ln sysrem/serrlngs/prlnr oesrlna-
rlons oo nor conraln a vallo enrry |or rbe
useo prlnr meolum rype.
prlnrer ano |ormar |or rbls meolum rype ln
rbe prlnr oesrlnarlon rable.
Tbe |onr sers |or rbe |ollowlng |llm slzes are
mlsslng: "Ter |rom sysrem". Tbls wlll leao
ro prlnrlng problems.
Tbe |llm slzes are nor known by rbe sysrem. Con|lgure rbe mlsslng |llm slze/|onr sers ra-
bles.
Tbe lmage plare coulo nor be llnkeo oue ro
a problem wlrb rbe workspor server. Call
servlce.
Tbe workspor server bas re|useo an lmage
plare llnk requesr. Tbe workspor server
mlgbr be mlscon|lgureo or bave anorber
problem.
Cbeck wberber workspor server ls runnlng,
cbeck nerwork connecrlon. || problem re-
malns, resrarr workspor server ano rbls
workspor. || problem srlll remalns, call serv-
lce.
Tbe lmage plare coulo nor be raken our o|
casserre by rbe lmage plare reaoer (Error
serre ano re-lnserr lr a|rer a vlsual lnspec-
rlon.
Casserre or lmage plare problem or lmage
plare reaoer baroware problem.
Cbeck casserre ano lmage plare. Rerry. Try
orber casserres. || problem remalns call
servlce.
Tbe llcense "Ter |rom sysrem" ls mlsslng
ro per|orm rbls acrlon.
Tbe user rrleo ro per|om an acrlon rbar ls
ls nor permlrreo oue a mlsslng so|rware ll-
cence.
|nsrall a vallo llcence.
Tbe llcense |lle coulo nor be |ouno. No llcense |lle |ouno ln rbe specl|leo orlves.
Followlng orlves are vallo: -|loppy a:/ -serv-
lce orlve |:/ -co l:/ -memory srlck1 j:/ -mem-
ory srlck2 k:/
Pur rbe llcense |lle ln one o| rbe specl|leo
orlves. Followlng orlves are vallo: -|loppy a:/
-servlce orlve |:/ -co l:/ -memory srlck1 j:/ -
memory srlck2 k:/
Tbe sel|resr cannor conrlnue, because rbere
was no lmage plare |ouno ar rbe epecreo
poslrlon (Error cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem").
|mage plare epecreo ar a cerraln poslrlon
ourlng sel|resr, bur |ouno none.
Press "Cancel" ro aborr rbe sel|resr ano
conrlnue srarrup. || problem perslsrs, press
"OK" ro sbur rbe reaoer oown ano rry agaln.
Call servlce.
Tbe sysrem cannor eporr because no D|-
COM eporr rarger ls oe|lneo ("Ter |rom
sysrem"). Call servlce.
Tbe auromarlc eporr |ouno no vallo D|-
COM eporr rarger ln rbe eporr oesrlna-
rlon serrlngs unoer sysrem/serrlngs/eporr
oesrlnarlons.
Call servlce ro con|lgure rbe avallable D|-
COM eporr rargers properly.
Tbe sysrem cannor prlnr because no prlnrer
ano/or no prlnr meolum ls oe|lneo ("Ter
Tbe auromarlc prlnrlng |ouno no vallo prlnr-
er ano/or prlnr meolum ln rbe prlnr oesrl-
narlon serrlngs.
Tbe sysrem bas no olsk space |or srorlng
lmages any more. You musr complere pa-
rlenrs lmmeolarely ro conrlnue worklng.
Tbe rloy up coulo nor oelere lmages be-
cause eamlnarlons are prorecreo agalnsr
auromarlc oelerlon unless rbey are com-
plereo.
Complere all eamlnarlons rbar are cur-
renrly ln progress bur are nor neeoeo any
longer ano reboor rbe sysrem a|rerwaros.
Tbe sysremls runnlng our o| memory.
Please resrarr rbe sysrem lmmeolarely ln
oroer ro avolo oara loss.
Tbe sysrem ls our o| memory. Resrarr rbe sysrem. || rbls message occurs
o|ren please call servlce.
Tbere ls no vlew selecreo ro llnk ro an lmag-
lng plare. Please selecr a vlew.
Tbe user enrereo a barcooe or useo rbe
barcooe reaoer bur no vlew was selecreo.
Selecr a vlew |or wblcb rbe lmage plare
sboulo be llnkeo be|ore enrerlng rbe bar-
cooe or uslng rbe barcooe reaoer.
Tbls eamlnarlon sboulo nor be complereo
|or rbese |ollowlng reasons:"Ter |rom
sysrem"Do you srlll wanr ro complere rbls
eamlnarlon?
complere an eamlnarlon wblcb sboulo nor
be complereo |or one o| rbese reasons: -
Rourlne vlews elsr, wblcb are nor eecur-
eo! - |mages elsr, wblcb are nor prlnreo! -
|mages elsr, wblcb are nor arcblveo! - Llnks
ro acqulslrlons elsr, wblcb plares are nor
reao our!
-
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
16.3 Error nessages
Tbls |D ls alreaoy asslgneo ro an elsrlng
parlenr. A new one bas been creareo auro-
marlcally.
Tbe user bas enrereo a parlenr |D ro creare
a new parlenr oara ser, wblcb ls alreaoy as-
slgneo ro an elsrlng parlenr.
Please selecr anorber |D |or rbls new pa-
rlenr oara ser.
Tbls parlenr sboulo nor be complereo |or
rbe |ollowlng reasons:"Ter |rom
sysrem"Do you srlll wanr ro complere rbls
parlenr?
complere a parlenr wbo sboulo nor be com-
plereo |or one o| rbese reasons: - Rourlne
vlews elsr, wblcb are nor eecureo! - |m-
ages elsr, wblcb are nor prlnreo! - |mages
elsr, wblcb are nor arcblveo! - Llnks ro ac-
qulslrlons elsr, wblcb plares are nor reao
our!
-
UM lmage processlng paramerer "Ter
anorber one.
An UM lmage processlng prorocol ls lnvallo.
EvA rool.
Unable ro complere eamlnarlon slnce sys-
rem ls walrlng |or an lncomlng lmage.
Tbe user selecreo ro complere rbe eaml-
narlon wblle an lmage ls belng recelveo |rom
rbe lmage plare reaoer.
Walr unrll rbe lmage ro be recelveo ls com-
plere.
Unable ro complere parlenr wblle sysrem ls
walrlng |or an lncomlng lmage.
Tbe user selecreo ro complere rbe parlenr
wblle an lmage ls belng recelveo |rom rbe
lmage plare reaoer.
plere.
Unable ro oelere parlenr wblle acrlve jobs
elsrs. Please walr |or complerlon.
Penolng job(s) |orblo(s) rbe oelerlon o| pa-
rlenr oara.
Walr unrll all acrlve jobs are oone.
Unable ro llnk barcooe slnce eamlnarlon ls
closeo. Do you wanr ro creare a new e-
amlnarlon?
Eamlnarlon ls closeo ano user rrles ro cre-
are barcooe llnk.
Clone rbe closeo eamlnarlon or accepr
rbar no barcooe wlll be creareo.
Unable ro reacb rbe workspor server.
Please swlrcb on rbe workspor server ano/
or cbeck rbe connecrlon.
Workspor server ls swlrcbeo o|| or ner-
work connecrlon ls broken or mlscon|lg-
ureo.
Cbeck l| rbe workspor server ls runnlng.
Cbeck nerwork connecrlon. || problem re-
malns, call servlce.
Unable ro wrlre |lle "Ter |rom sysrem".
Probably rbe olsk ls |ull or rbe |lle ls wrlre-
prorecreo.
Dlsk ls |ull or |lle ls wrlre prorecreo. Remove parlenrs or lmages ro make space
on rbe olsk.
Unable ro wrlre lmage ro olsk. Probably rbe
olsk ls |ull or wrlre-prorecreo.
Haroolsk |ull, wrlre-prorecreo or oamageo. Delere parlenrs ro make space on rbe baro-
olsk.
Unable ro wrlre lmage ro |lle. Probably rbe
olsk ls |ull or rbe |lle ls wrlre-prorecreo.
Dlsk ls |ull or |lle ls wrlre prorecreo. Remove parlenrs or lmages ro make space
on rbe olsk.
Unoe|lneo eporr oesrlnarlon. Eporrlng ro
"Ter |rom sysrem". Cbeck eporr oesrlna-
rlons.
Tbe eporr oesrlnarlon serrlng |or rbe oe-
|aulr eporr rarger was nor ser or lnvallo.
Tbe sysrem creareo auromarlcally a oe|aulr
serrlng as a |allback.
Please cbeck rbe new serrlng ln sysrem/ser-
rlngs/eporr oesrlnarlon ano correcr lr, l|
necessary.
Unoe|lneo prlnr oesrlnarlon. Prlnrlng on
"Ter |rom sysrem" uslng rbe |ormar "Ter
|rom sysrem". Cbeck prlnr oesrlnarlons.
Tbe prlnr oesrlnarlon serrlng |or rbe oe|aulr
prlnrer was nor ser or lnvallo. Tbe sysrem
creareo auromarlcally a oe|aulr serrlng as a
|allback.
Please cbeck rbe serrlng ln sysrem/serrlngs/
prlnr oesrlnarlon ano correcr lr, l| necessary.
UN|QUE lmage processlng paramerer
"Ter |rom sysrem" our o| range. "Ter
|rom sysrem" useo lnsreao. Correcr proro-
col or use anorber one.
A UN|QUE lmage processlng prorocol ls
lnvallo. One paramerer ls our o| rbe alloweo
range.
EvA rool.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Error nessages 16.3
User lnreracrlon requlreo ar rbe lmage plare
See rbe lnsrrucrlons on rbe lmage plare
reaoer olsplay. Press rbe "OK" burron ro
close rbe wlnoow.
Unllnkeo lmage plare lnserreo lnro lmage
plare reaoer.
Ejecr casserre, llnk ro rbe proper vlew ano
lnserr agaln.
Warnlng: You are abour ro oelere a parlenr
rbar ls prorecreo by oelerlon rules. Tbls pa-
rlenr bas mlsslng srorage commlrmenrs! Do
you wanr ro oelere rbls parlenr? "Ter |rom
sysrem"
Tbe Aovanceo User ls abour ro oelere a pa-
rlenr wlrb mlsslng srorage commlrmenrs.
-
wbo ls prorecreo by oelerlon rules. Tbere
are |alleo jobs presenr |or rbe parlenr! Do
you wanr ro oelere rbls parlenr? "Ter |rom
sysrem"
oelere a parlenr |or wbom |alleo jobs are
presenr.
-
wbo ls prorecreo by oelerlon rules. Tbe pa-
rlenr ls srlll unoer eamlnarlon. Do you
wanr ro oelere rbls parlenr? "Ter |rom sys-
rem"
oelere a parlenr wbo ls srlll unoer eamlna-
rlon.
-
wbo ls prorecreo by oelerlon rules. Tbe pa-
rlenr bas lncomplere or rejecreo prlnr or
eporr jobs. Do you wanr ro oelere rbls pa-
rlenr? "Ter |rom sysrem"
oelere a parlenr wbo bas lncomplere or re-
jecreo prlnr or eporr jobs.
-
You are nor alloweo ro oelere parlenr oara
wblle rbe eamlnarlon ls srlll ln progress.
Please complere rbe eamlnarlon |lrsr.
Wben eamlnarlons are ln progress, only
rbe user role Aovanceo User ls alloweo ro
oelere parlenr oara.
Complere eamlnarlons or logln as Ao-
vanceo User.
You are nor alloweo ro oelere parlenrs
wblle srorage commlrmenrs are mlsslng.
Please walr unrll all srorage commlrmenrs
are recelveo.
Tbe user role ls nor alloweo ro oelere pa-
rlenrs wbere srorage commlrmenrs are
mlsslng.
Tbls can only oone by rbe Aovanceo User
or walr unrll all srorage commlrmenrs are
recelveo.
Your selecreo lmage belongeo ro anorber
parlenr.
An lmage was asslgneo ro rbe wrong pa-
rlenr. Tbe user wanr ro correcr rbls.
-
Your user role ls nor alloweo ro oelere pa-
rlenrs wlrb open jobs. Please walr |or job
complerlon.
Wben eamlnarlons are srlll ln progress ano
jobs are penolng, only rbe user role Ao-
vanceo User ls alloweo ro oelere parlenr
oara.
Walr |or job complerlon or logln as Ao-
vanceo User.
Your user role ls nor alloweo ro oelere rbe
parlenr because |alleo jobs are presenr.
Tbe user role ls nor alloweo ro oelere pa-
rlenr oara wlrb |alleo jobs le|r.
Tbls can only oone by rbe ADvANCED
USER.
(Error cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem"). Please
cbeck lmage plare reaoer.
|mage plare reaoer |aral baroware error. Call servlce.
(Error cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem"). Sbur
oown rbe lmage plare reaoer ano swlrcb lr
on agaln. Call servlce.
|mage plare reaoer |aral baroware error. Swlrcb on ano o||, call servlce, l| necessary.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
16.3 Error nessages
A reaoer error bas occureo rbar cannor be
specl|leo more eacrly (Error cooe: "Ter
HW error Call servlce
An lmage plare bas been oerecreo ln rbe
lmage plare reaoer (Error cooe: "Ter |rom
sysrem"). |r bas now been pur back lnro rbe
casserre.
|mage plare |ouno ln lmage plare reaoer ar
srarrup.
Cbeck rbe lmage plare srarus. || you are nor
sure wberber rbere ls srlll an lmage on lr,
llnk lr ro a oummy parlenr ano reao our.
Con|lgurarlon upoare ls complereo (Error
burron ro reboor rbe lmage plare reaoer.
Con|lgurarlon o| rbe lmage plare reaoer bas
cbangeo.
Reboor rbe lmage plare reaoer.
Empry casserre lnserreo (Error cooe: "Ter
|rom sysrem"). No lmage plare |ouno ln rbe
casserre.
Empry casserre. Loao lmage plare lnro casserre.
Error be|ore reaolng lmage plare (Error
|mage plare nor llnkeo. Llnk lmage plare.
Error eraslng lmage plare (Error cooe:
"Ter |rom sysrem").
|mage plare nor eraseo. Erase rbe lmage plare.
Error eraslng lmage plare oue ro over-e-
posure (Error cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem").
Walr 16 bours be|ore eraslng rbe lmage
plare.
|mage plare bas been (parrly) overeposeo. Do nor use lmage plare |or 16 bours. Re-
ouce X-ray oose ano/or aoapr colllmarlon.
Error wblle reaolng or eraslng |P ("Ter
|rom sysrem").
|mage plare reaoer baroware error. Call servlce.
Fan nor worklng properly (Error cooe:
"Ter |rom sysrem"). Alrbougb lmage reao-
lng ls posslble, bear may oamage rbe sysrem
elecrronlcs. Call servlce.
|mage plare reaoer |an oe|ecr. Call servlce.
|mage ls rransmlrreo agaln. |nlrlal rransmlsslon o| lmage |rom lmage
plare reaoer ro workspor |alleo.
Norblng: Walr rlll rransmlsslon succeeos.
DO NOT TURN OFF READER!
|mage plare barcooe musr be senr ro rbe
|mage plare reaoer problem. Cbeck wberber lmage plare ls llnkeo cor-
|mage plare erasure oeacrlvareo. |mage plare reaoer baroware olp swlrcb ser-
rlng wrong.
Call servlce.
|mage plare erasure nor posslble. |mage plare reaoer baroware problem. Try agaln. || problem remalns, call servlce.
(Error cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem").
Unllnkeo lmage plare. Cbeck wberber lmage plare ls llnkeo cor-
(Error cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem").
Unllnkeo lmage plare. Ejecr lmage plare ano rerry a|rer llnklng lr.
|mage plare loaolng error (Error cooe:
"Ter |rom sysrem").
|mage plare reaoer baroware problem or
lmage plare/casserre problem.
Cbeck rbe casserre ano rbe lmage plare.
|mage plare reaoer lnlrlallzlng. |mage plare reaoer srarrlng up. Walr unrll lmage plare reaoer lnlrlallzarlon
ls complere.
|mage plare reaoer ls sburrlng oown. |mage plare reaoer ls sburrlng oown. Walr unrll sburoown ls complere, rben re-
srarr, l| wanreo.
|mage plare reaoer laser ll|erlme warnlng:
Processlng ls posslble bur replacemenr ls
requlreo urgenrly (Error cooe: "Ter |rom
sysrem").
Abnormal laser elecrrlc currenr values oe-
recreo. |mage plare reaoer laser ll|erlme e-
plreo.
Call servlce.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Error nessages 16.3
|mage plare reaoer so|rware upoare ls com-
plereo (Error cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem").
Press rbe "OK" burron ro reboor rbe reao-
er.
SW-upoare |or lmage plare reaoer com-
plere.
-
|mage plare reaoer: Erasure lamp(s) ll|erlme
over (Error cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem"). Call
servlce.
|mage plare reaoer erasure lamp burnr our. Call servlce.
Malnrenance urlllry ls acrlvareo. Malnrenance sesslon openeo. Norblng, parallel rourlne work posslble.
No response recelveo |rom lmage oesrlna-
rlon workspor (Error cooe: "Ter |rom sys-
rem").
Tbe lmage plare reaoer bas no connecrlon
ro rbe workspor rbe lmage sboulo be senr
ro (lmage bosr). Nerwork problem or
workspor swlrcbeo o||.
Cbeck nerwork connecrlons ano workspor.
Call servlce.
Plare reaoer: An error occureo ln rbe rber-
mlsror or erasure unlr (Error cooe: "Ter
An error occureo ln rbe rbermlsror or era-
sure unlr.
Call servlce.
Plare reaoer: erasure unlr oe|ecr (Error
cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem").
clenrly because one o| rbe rbree erasure
lamps burnr our.
Call servlce.
Plare reaoer: Hlgb remperarure o| erase
lamps (Error cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem").
clenrly because rbe erasure lamps bave been
swlrcbeo o|| remporarlly oue ro blgb rem-
perarure.
Wall several mlnures ro allow rbe erasure
lamps ro cool oown. Erase lmage plare.
Plare reaoer: Hlgb volrage o||. Call servlce. Plare baroware error. Call servlce.
Rerrylng o| lmage rransmlsslon |alleo (Error
cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem"). |mage plare was
processeo, bur lmage coulo nor be senr ro
workspor.
|mage plare reaoer baroware error or ner-
work con|lgurarlon.
Cbeck baroware ano nerwork con|lgura-
rlon. Call servlce.
So|rware ls upoareo. DO NOT TURN OFF
THE |MAGE PLATE READER!
|mage plare reaoer SW-upoare. NEvER TURN OFF |MAGE PLATE READ-
ER DUR|NG UPDATE!
Tbe casserre cannor be openeo by rbe plare
Please re-lnserr rbe casserre.
Casserre oe|ecrlve. Cbeck casserre, rerry. || problem srlll re-
malns, replace casserre. |n|orm servlce.
Tbe casserre cannor be releaseo |rom bolo
srarus (Error cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem").
Haroware oe|ecrlve. Re-lnserr lmage plare.
Tbe casserre ls nor lnserreo properly (Error
cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem"). Please re-lnserr
rbe casserre.
Casserre nor lnserreo properly. Re-lnserr properly.
Tbe lmage plare coulo nor be raken our o|
casserre by rbe lmage plare reaoer (Error
Casserre or lmage plare problem or lmage
plare reaoer baroware problem.
Cbeck casserre ano lmage plare. Rerry. Try
orber casserres. || problem remalns call
servlce.
Tbe lmage plare reaoer ls nor reaoy. |mage plare reaoer lnlrlallzlng, nor swlrcbeo
on or nerwork connecrlon losr.
Walr rlll lnlrlallzarlon ls complere, swlrcb on
or cbeck nerwork connecrlon.
Tbe sel|resr cannor conrlnue, because rbere
was no lmage plare |ouno ar rbe epecreo
poslrlon (Error cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem").
|mage plare epecreo ar a cerraln poslrlon
ourlng sel|resr, bur |ouno none.
Press "Cancel" ro aborr rbe sel|resr ano
conrlnue srarrup. || problem perslsrs, press
"OK" ro sbur rbe reaoer oown ano rry agaln.
Call servlce.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
16.3 Error nessages
User lnreracrlon requlreo ar rbe lmage plare
See rbe lnsrrucrlons on rbe lmage plare
reaoer olsplay.
Unllnkeo lmage plare lnserreo lnro lmage
plare reaoer.
Ejecr casserre, llnk ro rbe proper vlew ano
lnserr agaln.
Urlllrles acrlvareo. |mage plare reaoer malnrenance urlllry
srarreo.
Do nor swlrcb o|| rbe lmage plare reaoer.
Messages Possible Causes To Do
Auro con|lrmarlon o| rbe currenr acqulsl-
rlon ls olsableo now.
Wben rbe user presses rbe vlewporr ourlng
rbe reao-our pbase rbe auro con|lrmarlon
mooe ls olsableo |or rbls lmage. Tbe user
guloance lnolcares rbar rbe auro con|lrm
mooe ls lnrerrupreo correcrly.
-
CD crearlon ln progress... CD burnlng ln progress. -
Delerlng "Ter |rom sysrem" obsolere e-
amlnarlons.
Progress ln|ormarlon |or broao R|S query. -
Erasure lamp ls nor reaoy. Erasure lamp o| lmage plare reaoer ls warm-
lng up.
Walr.
Eamlnarlon elsrs alreaoy. Upoare nor
posslble.
Tbe R|S bas senr upoareo ln|ormarlon |or a
prevlously bookeo eamlnarlon. Tbese
mool|lcarlons are olsregaroeo, because rbe
eamlnarlon ls alreaoy ln progress, com-
plereo, or suspenoeo.
Make your cbanges ln rbe R|S prlor ro srarr-
lng rbe eamlnarlon. Call servlce, l| rbls mes-
sage occurs |requenrly.
Falleo ro creare prlnr job |or auro prlnr. N/A Tbe user can rry a manual prlnrlng.
Falleo ro srarr scanner cleanlng. Sbown l| PCR Eleva ls nor connecreo ro a
lmage plare reaoer or lmage plare reaoer
cannor be reacbeo.
Swlrcb on rbe lmage plare reaoer, cbeck
nerwork connecrlon, reboor rbe sysrem
ano rbe reaoer.
|ole |mage plare reaoer reaoy. -
|mage ls rransmlrreo agaln. |nlrlal rransmlsslon o| lmage |rom lmage
plare reaoer ro workspor |alleo.
Norblng: Walr rlll rransmlsslon succeeos.
DO NOT TURN OFF READER!
|mage plare erasure oeacrlvareo. |mage plare reaoer baroware olp swlrcb ser-
rlng wrong.
Call servlce.
|mage plare erasure nor posslble. |mage plare reaoer baroware problem. Try agaln. || problem remalns, call servlce.
|mage plare ls belng eraseo. |mage plare ls belng eraseo. -
|mage plare ls belng reao. |mage plare ls belng reao by rbe lmage plare
reaoer.
-
|mage plare processlng complereo. |mage plare was reao success|ully. -
|mage plare processlng srarreo. |mage plare ln lmage plare reaoer. -
|mage plare reaoer lnlrlallzlng. |mage plare reaoer srarrlng up. Walr unrll lmage plare reaoer lnlrlallzarlon
ls complere.
|mage plare reaoer ls sburrlng oown. |mage plare reaoer ls sburrlng oown. Walr unrll sburoown ls complere, rben re-
srarr, l| wanreo.
Low olsk space |or lmages. Please complere
some parlenrs.
plereo.
longer.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Error nessages 16.3
Messages Possible Causes To Do
Malnrenance urlllry ls acrlvareo. Malnrenance sesslon openeo. Norblng, parallel rourlne work posslble.
No R|S connecrlon avallable! A R|S query cannor be eecureo because
rbere ls no R|S connecrlon avallable ar rbe
momenr.
Rerry larer. || problem remalns, cbeck R|S
ano/or nerwork connecrlon. || lr srlll re-
Prlmary erasure ls complereo. Erasure o| lmage plare complereo. -
Prlmary erasure ls per|ormeo. User lnserreo casserre wblle lmage plare
reaoer was ln prlmary erasure mooe.
-
Prlmary erasure mooe. |mage plare reaoer mooe swlrcbeo ro prl-
mary erasure.
-
Processlng new eamlnarlons: "Ter |rom
sysrem"
Query resulr: No sulrable marcb |ouno No marcblng searcb resulrs bave been
|ouno ourlng a query.
Mool|y query arrrlbures ano srarr a new
query.
Rerrlevlng eamlnarlons |rom R|S: "Ter
|rom sysrem"
Scanner cleanlng |alleo. Tbe lmage plare reaoer olo nor respono ln
rlme. Maybe lr ls nor connecreo, nor reaoy
or oe|ecr.
Swlrcb on rbe lmage plare reaoer, cbeck
nerwork connecrlon, reboor rbe sysrem
ano rbe lmage plare reaoer.
Scanner cleanlng ln progress. Tbe user bas srarreo rbe scanner cleanlng
urlllry |uncrlon |or rbe lmage plare reaoer.
Walr rlll complerlon.
Scanner cleanlng success|ully per|ormeo. Tbe lmage plare reaoer scanner cleanlng bas
been complereo success|ully.
No acrlon requlreo.
Seconoary erasure ls complereo. Erasure o| lmage plare complereo. -
Seconoary erasure ls per|ormeo. User lnserreo casserre wblle lmage plare
reaoer was ln seconoary erasure mooe.
-
Seconoary erasure mooe |mage plare reaoer mooe swlrcbeo ro sec-
onoary erasure.
-
So|rware ls upoareo. DO NOT TURN OFF
THE |MAGE PLATE READER!
|mage plare reaoer SW-upoare. NEvER TURN OFF |MAGE PLATE READ-
ER DUR|NG UPDATE!
Sysrem ls busy oelerlng olo eamlnarlons ... Tbe sysrem ls busy oelerlng olo eamlna-
rlons ln rbe parlenr oarabase. Tbls may slow
oown sysrem per|ormance.
|r ls sa|e ro use rbe sysrem as usual, bowever
you sboulo be aware o| posslbly slower rban
normal sysrem response.
Tbe lmage plare reaoer ls nor reaoy. |mage plare reaoer lnlrlallzlng, nor swlrcbeo
on or nerwork connecrlon losr.
Walr rlll lnlrlallzarlon ls complere, swlrcb on
or cbeck nerwork connecrlon.
Tbe sysrem bas low memory. Please resrarr
rbe sysrem.
Memory Leaks ln rbe sysrem, rbe vlrrual
Macblne ls golng ro run our o| memory.
Resrarr rbe sysrem l| rbls message ooes nor
vanlsb auromarlcally.
Tbe sysrem ls runnlng our o| memory.
Please resrarr rbe sysrem lmmeolarely.
Urlllrles acrlvareo. |mage plare reaoer malnrenance urlllry
srarreo.
Do nor swlrcb o|| rbe lmage plare reaoer.
WARN|NG - Corrupr arrrlbures bave been
removeo |rom R|S eamlnarlon.
R|S communlcarlon error. Cbeck manually rbe arrrlbures, wblcb
sboulo be oellvereo |rom R|S. Call servlce.
Workllsr ls up ro oare. Resulr ln|ormarlon |or broao query. -
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
16.3 Error nessages
A llcense ls no longer avallable. Call servlce. A |uncrlon was requesreo |or wblcb rbe
corresponolng llcense ls no longer vallo.
Unoer "Sysrem/General/Llcense srarus" you
can see rbe llcense srarus o| rbe sysrem. Call
servlce, l| you neeo rbe eplreo |uncrlon.
Auro con|lrmarlon o| rbe currenr acqulsl-
rlon ls olsableo now.
Wben rbe user presses rbe vlewporr ourlng
rbe reao-our pbase rbe auro con|lrmarlon
mooe ls olsableo |or rbls lmage. Tbe user
guloance lnolcares rbar rbe auro con|lrm
mooe ls lnrerrupreo correcrly.
-
CALL SERv|CE - Sysrem error! Tbere ls a mal|uncrlon ln rbe sysrem. Call servlce.
CALL SERv|CE - Sysrem error! Tbere ls a mal|uncrlon ln rbe sysrem. Call servlce lmmeolarely!
Composer coulo nor be srarreo because
"Ter |rom sysrem". Call servlce.
Connecrlon ro rbe parlenr oarabase losr!
Resrarr rbe sysrem.
lnrernal error.
Darabase problem. Tbe parlenr "Ter |rom
sysrem" coulo nor be oelereo. Tbe sysrem
musr be resrarreo!
lnrernal error.
DRR lmage processlng paramerer "Ter
anorber one.
A DRR lmage processlng prorocol ls lnvallo.
EvA rool.
ERROR - An error occureo ourlng crearlon
o| rbe CD. Falleo parlenrs: "Ter |rom sys-
rem". Do you wanr ro rescbeoule rbe CD?
Pbyslcal errors ourlng wrlrlng rbe CD. |nserr a new CD. Answer yes: || you wanr
ro rerry an loenrlcal CD compllarlon. An-
swer no: || you wanr ro olscaro rbe compl-
larlon.
ERROR - Coulo nor scbeoule "Ter |rom
sysrem" eamlnarlon(s) |rom R|S.
Non D|COM con|orm R|S oara or wrong
D|COM con|lgurarlon.
Call Servlce.
ERROR - Tbe parlenr oarabase ls complere-
ly |ull. You musr manually oelere eamlna-
rlons be|ore you proceeo lmaglng!
enrrles, rbere ls no space le|r ln rbe parlenr
oarabase.
Delere eamlnarlons rbar are no longer
neeoeo. Call servlce, l| rbls bappens |re-
quenrly wlrbour obvlous reason. Make lr a
rule ro close eamlnarlons olrecrly a|rer |ln-
lsblng.
ERROR - rbe sysrem ls unable ro reacb rbe
MPPS server. No MPPS messages can be
senr.
Tbe sysrem coulo nor seno an MPPS mes-
sage ro rbe corresponolng srarlon, probably
because rbere ls no connecrlon.
Resrarr rbe MPPS server ano/or cbeck rbe
nerwork connecrlon. || problem remalns,
call servlce.
Error ln lmage processlng prorocol pro-
grammlng. Call servlce.
|mage processlng prorocols bave been re-
moveo or renameo.
Cbeck all lnvallo lmage processlng proro-
cols wlrb EvA con|lgurarlon rool.
Error ln prlnr remplare programmlng. Call
servlce.
Prlnr remplares were removeo or renameo. Cbeck all lnvallo prlnr remplares wlrb EvA
con|lgurarlon rool.
Error ln prlnrer name programmlng. Call
servlce.
Prlnrers bave been removeo or renameo by
servlce.
Cbeck all lnvallo prlnrer name presers wlrb
EvA con|lgurarlon rool. || neeoeo, call serv-
lce ro con|lgure prlnrers properly.
Error ln rbe eamlnarlon programmlng oa-
rabase. Call servlce.
grammlng oarabase.
Call servlce.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Error nessages 16.3
Eamlnarlon elsrs alreaoy. Upoare nor
posslble.
Tbe R|S bas senr upoareo ln|ormarlon |or a
prevlously bookeo eamlnarlon. Tbese
mool|lcarlons are olsregaroeo, because rbe
eamlnarlon ls alreaoy ln progress, com-
plereo, or suspenoeo.
Make your cbanges ln rbe R|S prlor ro srarr-
lng rbe eamlnarlon. Call servlce, l| rbls mes-
sage occurs |requenrly.
Eporr job |alleo: "Ter |rom sysrem" So|rware/Con|lgurarlon problem. |nrernal error. Call servlce.
Falleo ro creare prlnr job |or auro prlnr. N/A Tbe user can rry a manual prlnrlng.
|mage processlng prorocol "Ter |rom sys-
rem" nor |ouno. Please selecr anorber pro-
rocol.
An lmage processlng prorocol programmeo
|or rbls vlew ooes nor elsr. "None Proc-
esslng" ls applleo.
Selecr anorber lmage processlng prorocol.
To |l rbls problem permanenrly, you
sboulo elrber creare a new prorocol wlrb
rbe mlsslng name or correcr rbe wrong re|-
erence o| rbe prorocol ln rbe EvA rool.
|nrernal prlnr error. So|rware/Con|lgurarlon problem. |nrernal error. Call servlce.
|nrernal prlnr lnlrlallzarlon error. So|rware/Con|lgurarlon problem. |nrernal error. Call servlce.
|nvallo enrrles |ouno ln eporr oesrlnarlon
Cbeck eporr oesrlnarlons!
Flelo servlce D|COM eporr con|lgurarlon
bas been cbangeo. Tbe resulr ls nor com-
parlble wlrb rbe eporr oesrlnarlon serrlngs
unoer sysrem/serrlngs/eporr oesrlnarlons.
Con|llcrs bave been removeo auromarlcally.
Reconnecr rbe useo eporr scbeme ln sys-
rem/serrlngs/eporr oesrlnarlons ro a vallo
D|COM eporr rarger.
|nvallo enrrles |ouno ln prlnr oesrlnarlon
Cbeck prlnr oesrlnarlons!
Flelo servlce prlnrer con|lgurarlon bas been
cbangeo. Tbe resulr ls nor comparlble wlrb
rbe prlnr oesrlnarlon serrlngs. Con|llcrs are
removeo auromarlcally.
Reconnecr rbe useo prlnr meolum rypes ln
sysrem/serrlngs/prlnr oesrlnarlons ro vallo
prlnrer ano |llm |ormars.
Low olsk space |or lmages. Please complere
some parlenrs.
plereo.
longer.
Malware oerecrlon! Call Pblllps cusromer
supporr |or |urrber asslsrance! Sysrem |unc-
rlonallry mlgbr be a||ecreo.
vlrus scanner |ouno a poslrlve resulr. Call Pblllps cusromer supporr |or |urrber
asslsrance.
No connecrlon ro rbe eamlnarlon pro-
grammlng oarabase. Call servlce.
grammlng oarabase.
Call servlce.
No R|S connecrlon avallable! A R|S query cannor be eecureo because
rbere ls no R|S connecrlon avallable ar rbe
momenr.
Rerry larer. || problem remalns, cbeck R|S
ano/or nerwork connecrlon. || lr srlll re-
No R|S connecrlon avallable! Tbe sysrem ls con|lgureo |or parlenr oara
lnpur vla R|S connecrlon bur rbere ls no R|S
connecrlon avallable.
Call servlce.
No R|S parlenrs vlslble, scbeoule manually. Tbe emergency user ls nor alloweo ro
scbeoule parlenrs |rom a R|S.
Scbeoule manually, or log ln as anorber orb-
er wlrb rbls permlsslon.
No vallo con|lgurarlon |ouno ar "Ter |rom
sysrem". Call servlce.
|mporr o| wrong con|lgurarlon |lles. Call servlce ro con|lgure rbe avallable prlnr-
ers or prlnr remplares properly.
No vallo meolum |ouno |or prlnrer. Call
servlce.
Prlnrlng ls nor posslble because no meolum
|or a cerraln prlner |ouno ln con|lgurarlon.
No vallo prlnrer |ouno ln con|lgurarlon. Call
servlce.
Prlnrlng ls nor posslble because no prlnrer
|ouno ln con|lgurarlon.
ers properly.
NOT READY - Severe sysrem problem or
error.
A severe error occureo. Tbe sysrem cannor
be useo (complerely).
Call servlce lmmeolarely.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
16.3 Error nessages
Parlenr oarabase |ull. You musr provloe |ree
space, e.g. by closlng |lnlsbeo eamlnarlons.
Manually oelere enrrles rbar are no longer
neeoeo.
enrrles, rbe parlenr oarabase ls |llllng up ro
an unacceprable level.
Make lr a rule ro close eamlnarlons olrecrly
a|rer |lnlsblng. Free space ls provloeo by
manually oelerlng all unnecessary eamlna-
rlon enrrles.
Please resrarr rbe sysrem ro make rbe
cbanges ar rbe prlnr con|lgurarlon avallable.
Mool|lcarlon o| prlnr con|lgurarlon (sysrem
rab) or mool|lcarlon o| prlnr remplare usage
ln EvA-Tool.
Resrarr rbe sysrem.
Prlnr job canceleo. Srarus ls: "Ter |rom
sysrem" (srarus cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem")
Prlnr job |alleo. Srarus ls: "Ter |rom
sysrem" (srarus cooe: "Ter |rom sysrem").
Prlnrour o| page wlrb |D: "Ter |rom sys-
rem" |alleo. Cbeck prlnrer ano nerwork. ||
rbe problem remalns, call servlce.
Wrong con|lgurarlon o| prlnrer. Prlnrer our
o| meola. Nerwork problems.
Cbeck prlnrer con|lgurarlon, srarus o| prlnr-
er (re|lll meola) ano connecrlon.
Removeo one or more jobs |rom prlnrlng
queue, because prlnrer ls no longer presenr.
Prlnrer was removeo |rom con|lgurarlon. Only |or ln|ormarlon. [obs musr be srarreo
agaln manually.
R|S query: workllsr bas been upoareo. 8aseo on rbe R|S query, your workllsr was
auromarlcally upoareo.
-
Some llcense wlll eplre ln "Ter |rom sys-
rem" oays. Call servlce.
A rlme llmlreo llcense wlll eplre ln a |ew
oays. Tbls may a||ecr rbe wbole sysrem or
parrs o| lr.
See ln "Sysrem/General/Llcense srarus"
wblcb llcense ls a||ecreo. Call servlce, l| you
neeo rbe eplreo |uncrlon.
Sysrem ls busy oelerlng olo eamlnarlons ... Tbe sysrem ls busy oelerlng olo eamlna-
rlons ln rbe parlenr oarabase. Tbls may slow
oown sysrem per|ormance.
|r ls sa|e ro use rbe sysrem as usual, bowever
you sboulo be aware o| posslbly slower rban
normal sysrem response.
rbe CD. |nserr a new CD.
rbe CD.
|nserr a new CD.
Tbe oe|aulr eporr rarger ls useo because
o| mlsslng enrry |or |"Ter |rom sysrem"] ln
rbe eporr oesrlnarlon serrlngs.
Tbe rable ln sysrem/serrlngs/eporr oesrl-
narlons conralns no vallo enrry |or rbe useo
eporr scbeme.
eporr rarger |or rbls eporr scbeme ln rbe
eporr oesrlnarlon rable.
Tbe oe|aulr prlnrer ls useo because o| mlss-
lng enrry |or |"Ter |rom sysrem"] ln rbe
prlnr oesrlnarlon serrlngs.
Tbe rable ln sysrem/serrlngs/prlnr oesrlna-
rlons oo nor conraln a vallo enrry |or rbe
useo prlnr meolum rype.
prlnrer ano |ormar |or rbls meolum rype ln
rbe prlnr oesrlnarlon rable.
Tbe |onr sers |or rbe |ollowlng |llm slzes are
mlsslng: "Ter |rom sysrem". Tbls wlll leao
ro prlnrlng problems.
Tbe |llm slzes are nor known by rbe sysrem. Con|lgure rbe mlsslng |llm slze/|onr sers ra-
bles.
Tbe lmage plare coulo nor be llnkeo oue ro
a problem wlrb rbe workspor server. Call
servlce.
Tbe workspor server bas re|useo an lmage
plare llnk requesr. Tbe workspor server
mlgbr be mlscon|lgureo or bave anorber
problem.
Cbeck wberber workspor server ls runnlng,
cbeck nerwork connecrlon. || problem re-
malns, resrarr workspor server ano rbls
workspor. || problem srlll remalns, call serv-
lce.
Tbe sysrem cannor eporr because no D|-
COM eporr rarger ls oe|lneo ("Ter |rom
sysrem"). Call servlce.
Tbe auromarlc eporr |ouno no vallo D|-
COM eporr rarger ln rbe eporr oesrlna-
rlon serrlngs unoer sysrem/serrlngs/eporr
oesrlnarlons.
Call servlce ro con|lgure rbe avallable D|-
COM eporr rargers properly.
Tbe sysrem cannor prlnr because no prlnrer
ano/or no prlnr meolum ls oe|lneo ("Ter
Tbe auromarlc prlnrlng |ouno no vallo prlnr-
er ano/or prlnr meolum ln rbe prlnr oesrl-
narlon serrlngs.
Tbe sysrem bas low memory. Please resrarr
rbe sysrem.
Memory Leaks ln rbe sysrem, rbe vlrrual
Macblne ls golng ro run our o| memory.
Resrarr rbe sysrem l| rbls message ooes nor
vanlsb auromarlcally. P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n
Error nessages 16.3
Tbe sysrem bas no olsk space |or srorlng
lmages any more. You musr complere pa-
rlenrs lmmeolarely ro conrlnue worklng.
plereo.
longer ano reboor rbe sysrem a|rerwaros.
Tbe sysrem ls runnlng our o| memory.
Please resrarr rbe sysrem lmmeolarely ln
oroer ro avolo oara loss.
Tbls |D ls alreaoy asslgneo ro an elsrlng
parlenr. A new one bas been creareo auro-
marlcally.
Tbe user bas enrereo a parlenr |D ro creare
a new parlenr oara ser, wblcb ls alreaoy as-
slgneo ro an elsrlng parlenr.
Please selecr anorber |D |or rbls new pa-
rlenr oara ser.
UM lmage processlng paramerer "Ter
anorber one.
An UM lmage processlng prorocol ls lnvallo.
EvA rool.
Unable ro complere eamlnarlon slnce sys-
rem ls walrlng |or an lncomlng lmage.
Tbe user selecreo ro complere rbe eaml-
narlon wblle an lmage ls belng recelveo |rom
rbe lmage plare reaoer.
plere.
Unable ro complere parlenr wblle sysrem ls
walrlng |or an lncomlng lmage.
Tbe user selecreo ro complere rbe parlenr
wblle an lmage ls belng recelveo |rom rbe
lmage plare reaoer.
plere.
Unable ro oelere parlenr wblle acrlve jobs
elsr. Please walr |or complerlon.
Penolng job(s) |orblo(s) rbe oelerlon o| pa-
rlenr oara.
Walr unrll all acrlve jobs are oone.
Unable ro reacb rbe workspor server.
Please swlrcb on rbe workspor server ano/
or cbeck rbe connecrlon.
Workspor server ls swlrcbeo o|| or ner-
work connecrlon ls broken or mlscon|lg-
ureo.
Cbeck l| rbe workspor server ls runnlng.
Cbeck nerwork connecrlon. || problem re-
Unable ro wrlre lmage ro olsk. Probably rbe
olsk ls |ull or wrlre-prorecreo.
Haroolsk |ull, wrlre-prorecreo or oamageo. Delere parlenrs ro make space on rbe baro-
olsk.
Unoe|lneo eporr oesrlnarlon. Eporrlng ro
"Ter |rom sysrem". Cbeck eporr oesrlna-
rlons.
Tbe eporr oesrlnarlon serrlng |or rbe oe-
|aulr eporr rarger was nor ser or lnvallo.
Tbe sysrem creareo auromarlcally a oe|aulr
serrlng as a |allback.
Please cbeck rbe new serrlng ln sysrem/ser-
rlngs/eporr oesrlnarlon ano correcr lr, l|
necessary.
Unoe|lneo prlnr oesrlnarlon. Prlnrlng on
"Ter |rom sysrem" uslng rbe |ormar "Ter
|rom sysrem". Cbeck prlnr oesrlnarlons.
Tbe prlnr oesrlnarlon serrlng |or rbe oe|aulr
prlnrer was nor ser or lnvallo. Tbe sysrem
creareo auromarlcally a oe|aulr serrlng as a
|allback.
Please cbeck rbe serrlng ln sysrem/serrlngs/
prlnr oesrlnarlon ano correcr lr, l| necessary.
UN|QUE lmage processlng paramerer
"Ter |rom sysrem" our o| range. "Ter
|rom sysrem" useo lnsreao. Correcr proro-
col or use anorber one.
A UN|QUE lmage processlng prorocol ls
lnvallo. One paramerer ls our o| rbe alloweo
range.
EvA rool.
valloarlng eamlnarlon programmlng oara-
base ...
valloarlon o| eamlnarlon programmlng oa-
rabase ls ln progress.
Some |uncrlons may nor be avallable ourlng
valloarlon o| rbe eamlnarlon programmlng
oarabase. Tbls may rake some mlnures.
WARN|NG - Corrupr arrrlbures bave been
removeo |rom R|S eamlnarlon.
R|S communlcarlon error. Cbeck manually rbe arrrlbures, wblcb
sboulo be oellvereo |rom R|S. Call servlce.
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
16.3 Error nessages
Table of Contents
17 Glossary ......................................................... 17-3
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7
Table of Contents
17 Glossary
DICOM
Digital Imaging and Communication in Medicine. Medical technology
standard for data formatting and transfer.
DICOM Worklist Management
Special DICOM standard for managing worklists.
Image plate
A reusable plate, stored in a cassette, which becomes electrically excited
when struck by X-rays. When the image plate is read out with the aid
of laser radiation a digital image is generated.
Mandatory fields
Entry fields which must be filled in in any case, otherwise one is not
allowed to continue.
MRM code (menu code)
Designates a parameter set for the reading process on the plate reader
depending on the type of examination.
PCR
Philips Computed Radiography; name of the image plate system from
Philips in digital radiography.
RIS
Radiology Information System; central data input and management
terminal for the radiology department.
S/L values
Manual setting on the plate reader:
S = (Sensitivity) value for the sensitivity when reading out the image
plate (brightness).
L = (Latitude) value for the latitude when reading out the image plate
(contrast).
P
b
l
l
l
p
s

M
e
o
l
c
a
l

S
y
s
r
e
m
s
,

N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r

2
0
0
7

4
5
1
2

9
8
7

1
2
1
1
1

A
F
/
7
3
2

*

2
0
0
7
-
1
2

e
n

PCR Eleva Ver. 1.1 Glossary 17-3

Om PCR Eleva v1.1 en (4512 987 12111 Rev Af)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Om PCR Eleva v1.1 en (4512 987 12111 Rev Af)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

English

using the buttons or

on the monitor itself, using your finger.

between two examinations on the same patient

between examinations on different patients.

using the mouse or

on the monitor itself, using your finger.

Conditions for operation are preceded by this icon.

Single steps in an action are preceded by this icon.

The result produced by a step is preceded by this icon.

If the user wishes to connect the equipment to other equipment,

If you operate the equipment incorrectly or if the user fails to main-

Safety circuits may be neither removed nor modified.

On electrcol or chemcol (res only use extngushers whch ore spec(colly

ln the event o( o mol(uncton, pleose not(y sutobly quol(ed sto(( only.

an operators console with monitor or touch screen, barcode reader,

All operators consoles have independent worklists and are

In a multiple-console system, one console is always the server, which

You work with plate cassettes instead of film cassettes.

The X-ray exposure is automatically transferred from the plate reader

Enter user name

Switch on the plate reader.

Switch off plate reader.

The System section appears

slide the plate cassette into the plate reader,

have the image plate read out and

remove the plate cassette again.

The patient has been X-rayed. The exposures can be found on

The status displays flash on the control panel:

Check that the unload lamp is lit on the control panel.

The cassette is ready for use again.

Press the erase button.

The field beside it displays the secondary erasure mode for

Press the erase button twice.

The PC and the application program on the operator's console

Press main switch to the I position.

The plate reader begins the start-up procedure, which takes a

Processing of the last cassette is complete.

The unload lamp lights up.

Remove the cassette from the cassette compartment.

Press main switch to the 0 position.

The PCR Compano is now properly switched off.

The pilot lamp lights up.

Switch on the plate reader.

The operating system loads the programs required and per-

After the start-up procedure the main window appears: (Only

Make sure that processing of all cassettes is complete (unload

Remove all cassettes from the cassette compartments.

Touch the Shutdown button in the main window.

The following confirmation window appears:

Touch the Power OFF button

and then OK.

slide the plate cassette into the plate reader,

have the image plate read out and

remove the plate cassette again.

The patient has been X-rayed. The exposures can be found on

Check that the load lamp of the cassette compartment is lit.

Check that the blue unload lamp of the cassette compartment is

The cassette is ready for use again.

Select the mode in the main window.

Select Secondary erasure.

During erasure the indicator for the cassette compartment in

The status of erasure is displayed.